Upload
others
View
2
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
1
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpsupportphotographyblogsitescom
How to Use This Guide 4Finding More WordPress Help 20
Welcome to Your New BlogSite 5Signing Into Your Site 5Dashboard Overview 6
Free Trial Period 8Paying For Your Site 9
Canceling Your Subscription 10
Adding Editing Content 11Overview 11
Basic WordPress Guide 11Importing Content From Your Current Site 12
The Editor 12
Using Posts Editing Your Blog 13The Blog Page 13
Writing Editing Posts 13
Using Pages 14Adding Editing Pages 14
Page Templates 14Group Pages together using SubPages 15
Renaming Pages 16Optional Content Areas 16Creating a Video Page 17
Creating and Editing Galleries 18Different Types of Galleries 18Built in WordPress Galleries 18
SEO Image Galleries 19SmugMug Albums 22
Preparing Your Images 18Home Page Slideshow 18
SEO Image Galleries - Gallery Images 19SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail Images 20
Logo 20Favicons 21
Background Images 21Image Between Blog Posts 21
Twitter Images 21
Customizing the Look 22Choose a Theme 22
Background Images 22Custom Image Between Posts 23
Custom Twitter Image 23Custom Color Choices 23
Font Sizes 23Upload Your Logo 23
Add a Custom Favicon 24
Customize the Home Page 25Overview 25
2
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Welcome Message amp Sliding Panels 26Video 26
Featured Links 26Slideshow 26
Customize the Blog Page 27Overview 27
Page Layout and Sidebars 27Extra Widget Areas 27
Blog Page Content or Excerpts 28Blog Page Slideshow 28
Get Connected 29Using a Custom Domain 29
Integrating Your Social Media Accounts 29Add Custom Links to the Main Menu 30
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your Site 30Integrating Your Photography Accounts 31
Using Contact Forms 32Overview 32
Creating Editing the Contact Form 32
Adding the Contact Form to a Page 33
WordPress Settings 34General Settings 34
Writing Reading Discussion Media 34Publishing 34
Other Settings 34
Search Engine Optimization Basics 35First Steps 35
All in One SEO 35SEO for Every Page and Post 35
Support 36How our Support System Works 36
Using Support Tickets 36
3
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
How to Use This GuideThis Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing your site It introduces some basic WordPress ideas but mainly covers the more advanced areas specific to Photography BlogSites
Once logged into your site you can also view over 30 video tutorials that walk you through basic WordPress functions Once logged in look in the main menu for ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
Yoursquoll see more about using our Support System later in this guide
4
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Welcome to Your New BlogSiteSigning Into Your SiteYou login by typing ldquosigninrdquo after your sitersquos address When you first sign up this will be the subdomain name you chose during signup
httpyournamephotographyblogsitescomsignin
Signin using your user name and password
We also allow you to ldquomaprdquo your own domain name to our site Once you have mapped your domain you can also log in at httpmydomaincomsignin
5
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
If you ever experience problems with viewing your site under a mapped domain try logging in using your photographyblogsitescom subdomain as described aboveYou can always log in using your subdomain at photographyblogsitescom even if your domain mapping settings are not working
Dashboard OverviewThis is a look at what you see when you first log into your site
6
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Main Menu
Quick Links to Content
Latest BlogSite News
Links to access your site(s)Profile and Logout
Quickly Add new content
Switch between dashboard modes
Main Menu OverviewSome important areas of the menu
7
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Account - Start and manage subscriptions
Support - documentation and tutorial videos
Addons - Enhance your site with free Optional Plugins and Premium Addon services
BlogSite Options - Customize your site
Blog - Create and edit your blog posts
Pages - Create and edit your pages
SEO Galleries - Create and edit your image galleries
Apperance - Choose a theme Edit ldquowidgetsrdquo that appear on your blog
Tools - Map a custom domain to your site and importexport content
Settings - Manage settings for every part of your site
Contact - Create and edit contact forms
Photographer Connections - Connect to other vendors and sites like SmugMug ShootQ and Album Exposure
Free Trial Period
8
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Coming Soon Page
During the trial period your site you can access all areas of your site however you must be signed in to see the site
This is what your BlogSite will look like publicly Once signing up for a subscription this page will no longer be visible and your site will be live for everyone
Viewing Your Site
After logging in you will be able to view the live site
To view your site click your sitersquos name in the Admin Bar
Paying For Your SiteFind it under ldquoDashboard-gtBlog Accountrdquo
When you are ready to choose a subscription plan and activate your site go to ldquoDashboard-gtBlogAccountrdquo
Choose the subscription you would like to purchase and click ldquoSubscriberdquo
9
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Clicking Subscribe will send you to a Paypal page
Choose Payment Method
Once you have agreed to pay click on the ldquoReturn to Partner InteractivePhotography Blogsitesrdquo button This should return you to your ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page and your account should be active
If you do not end up at the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page you may need to signin again
On the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page the plan you chose should be listed under ldquoCurrent Subscriptionsrdquo
You will notice an expiration date either 1 month or one year from todayrsquos date depending on the subscription you chose
Canceling Your Subscription
Please note that this payment is recurring until you cancel your payment through PayPal or your credit card
To cancel a subscription within Paypal log into your Paypal account and look for us in your ldquoAccount Historyrdquo
If you donrsquot see us there look for recurring payments or pre-approved payments or subscriptions You should see us listed in there somewhere Paypal changes their menu fairly often unfortunately
For more information on canceling or modifying your payment through Paypal contact the Paypal support team
10
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Adding Editing ContentOverviewPages and PostsIn WordPress there are two major types of content - ldquoPagesrdquo and ldquoPostsrdquo They can be used in many ways but in our BlogSites we have set it up to simplify the process
1 Pages are the informational pages that become menu items in the main menu2 Posts get listed chronologically on the Blog Page with the latest post at the top
Pages and the Main MenuWhen you add a new page it will become a new item in the main menu You can reorder pages and group them together under ldquoparent pagesrdquo
The Blog PageTo add to the Blog Page all you have to do is add new posts and they will be listed chronologically with the most recent post at the top of the page
You can use categories to group posts You can also use tags to add additional information about what the post is talking about
You can find more details in the Using Posts Editing the Blog section
PortfolioGallery PagesThere are many ways to create a portfolio or gallery section on your site
bull You could simply add images to any pagebull You could use our own SEO Image Galleries plugin to create dynamic galleries with lots of ways
to display thembull You could bring in your SmugMug albums using our Photographer Connections pluginbull You could use the built in WordPress gallery functions
The important thing to remember with all of these options though is that the gallery itself and the page it is displayed on are two different things You need to create a gallery somewhere and also create a page that will display it
To start create a page (or edit an existing one) and give it the ldquoGallery Pagerdquo template
You can find more details in the Creating and Editing Galleries section
11
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
BlogSite Plans Only
BlogSite Plans Only
Importing Content From Your Current SiteFind it under ldquoTools-gtImportrdquo
WordPress makes it easy to import from most any other system that has the ability to export content especially another WordPress site
The first step would be to visit your current site and use their Export feature
Note If you will be using the same domain with your new BlogSites
Keep your domain pointing to your current site until you are sure ALL content has been transferred If you try the import process it might need to look at your current site If you have transferred the domain and it is now pointing at our servers your old site is not visible anymore
Only map your domain to us AFTER your content has been imported
The EditorAll of the different types of content whether Pages or Posts use the same text editor
There is a lot that can be done within the text editor
You can find a whole section of video tutorials on how to use it
See the section of videos ldquoGetting to know the Editorrdquo
12
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Posts Editing Your BlogThe Blog PageThe blog page shows all of the ldquopostsrdquo in chronological order To add to the blog just write a new post and publish it
The Blog is just a page that uses the ldquoBlog Pagerdquo template You can use this to make your blog page be named something else Create a page called ldquoNewsrdquo ldquoThe Latestrdquo etc and use the template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo Make sure to only have one Blog Page though )
If you ever delete the blog page (or donrsquot see one now) and want to add it back in create a new page and give it the page template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo
Writing Editing PostsThis is where you create all the posts for your blog It operates exactly like any WordPress site
13
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using PagesAdding Editing PagesIn the Main menu look for the Pages section
Click ldquoPagesrdquo to see a list of pages already on the site
Click ldquoAdd Newrdquo to create a new one
Page TemplatesThere are several types of pages you can create within your site As you edit a page you can select any one of the built in page ldquotemplatesrdquo to change the way information is displayed
As you edit a page look near the lsquoUpdatersquo or lsquoPublishrsquo button for the ldquoTemplaterdquo drop down list
We currently have the following Page Templates available in every theme
Blog Page Lists all posts and operates as the home of your blog sectionLinks Page Lists all Links edited through the Links areaGallery Page Optimizes the page size for displaying image galleriesPage With SubPages Make the page display the content of the first subpage rather than its own contentPage With Sidebar Add the Sidebar from the blog area to any page
Each theme may have some unique templates Experiment with them to see what is possible
14
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages
To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page
The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page
Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages
On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus
15
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own
Just remember to also rename the permalink to match
Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added
Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it
Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video
The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces
Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo
NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site
Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken
16
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly
17
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences
Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
Maximum Sizes
1200px wide 700px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high
They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high
We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom
There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn
There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg
Always save for the web at 72 dpi
18
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies
FILE SIZE 500 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high
REQUIRED for CuppaJoe
(Blog Only Version)
1000px wide by 185px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high
They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high
SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px
Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)
This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera
Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area
FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors
19
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px
All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller
DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high
But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size
LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background
DIMENSIONS Varies with theme
FILE SIZE 400 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high
20
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px
FILE SIZE 20kb or less
The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Filetype must be ico
You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon
Background Images
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways
The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high
Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions
They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center
NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions
Image Between Blog Posts
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high
If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through
21
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customizing the LookChoose a Theme
Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo
Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time
Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector
ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans
If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme
Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls
22
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used
Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used
Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image
Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background
You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo
23
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded
See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy
24
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order
bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or
new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline
to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo
You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds
25
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Options for each Section
Show Hide Section
Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder
BlogSite Plans Only
Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this
Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both
Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall
VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page
Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site
SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
26
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Blog PageOverview
For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish
Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page
To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area
Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
27
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt
The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load
By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts
Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image
You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
28
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images
Upload new image
Check to delete image
Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain
Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo
When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom
We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year
You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo
Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site
Detailed instructions
This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email
29
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
How to Use This Guide 4Finding More WordPress Help 20
Welcome to Your New BlogSite 5Signing Into Your Site 5Dashboard Overview 6
Free Trial Period 8Paying For Your Site 9
Canceling Your Subscription 10
Adding Editing Content 11Overview 11
Basic WordPress Guide 11Importing Content From Your Current Site 12
The Editor 12
Using Posts Editing Your Blog 13The Blog Page 13
Writing Editing Posts 13
Using Pages 14Adding Editing Pages 14
Page Templates 14Group Pages together using SubPages 15
Renaming Pages 16Optional Content Areas 16Creating a Video Page 17
Creating and Editing Galleries 18Different Types of Galleries 18Built in WordPress Galleries 18
SEO Image Galleries 19SmugMug Albums 22
Preparing Your Images 18Home Page Slideshow 18
SEO Image Galleries - Gallery Images 19SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail Images 20
Logo 20Favicons 21
Background Images 21Image Between Blog Posts 21
Twitter Images 21
Customizing the Look 22Choose a Theme 22
Background Images 22Custom Image Between Posts 23
Custom Twitter Image 23Custom Color Choices 23
Font Sizes 23Upload Your Logo 23
Add a Custom Favicon 24
Customize the Home Page 25Overview 25
2
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Welcome Message amp Sliding Panels 26Video 26
Featured Links 26Slideshow 26
Customize the Blog Page 27Overview 27
Page Layout and Sidebars 27Extra Widget Areas 27
Blog Page Content or Excerpts 28Blog Page Slideshow 28
Get Connected 29Using a Custom Domain 29
Integrating Your Social Media Accounts 29Add Custom Links to the Main Menu 30
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your Site 30Integrating Your Photography Accounts 31
Using Contact Forms 32Overview 32
Creating Editing the Contact Form 32
Adding the Contact Form to a Page 33
WordPress Settings 34General Settings 34
Writing Reading Discussion Media 34Publishing 34
Other Settings 34
Search Engine Optimization Basics 35First Steps 35
All in One SEO 35SEO for Every Page and Post 35
Support 36How our Support System Works 36
Using Support Tickets 36
3
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
How to Use This GuideThis Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing your site It introduces some basic WordPress ideas but mainly covers the more advanced areas specific to Photography BlogSites
Once logged into your site you can also view over 30 video tutorials that walk you through basic WordPress functions Once logged in look in the main menu for ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
Yoursquoll see more about using our Support System later in this guide
4
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Welcome to Your New BlogSiteSigning Into Your SiteYou login by typing ldquosigninrdquo after your sitersquos address When you first sign up this will be the subdomain name you chose during signup
httpyournamephotographyblogsitescomsignin
Signin using your user name and password
We also allow you to ldquomaprdquo your own domain name to our site Once you have mapped your domain you can also log in at httpmydomaincomsignin
5
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
If you ever experience problems with viewing your site under a mapped domain try logging in using your photographyblogsitescom subdomain as described aboveYou can always log in using your subdomain at photographyblogsitescom even if your domain mapping settings are not working
Dashboard OverviewThis is a look at what you see when you first log into your site
6
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Main Menu
Quick Links to Content
Latest BlogSite News
Links to access your site(s)Profile and Logout
Quickly Add new content
Switch between dashboard modes
Main Menu OverviewSome important areas of the menu
7
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Account - Start and manage subscriptions
Support - documentation and tutorial videos
Addons - Enhance your site with free Optional Plugins and Premium Addon services
BlogSite Options - Customize your site
Blog - Create and edit your blog posts
Pages - Create and edit your pages
SEO Galleries - Create and edit your image galleries
Apperance - Choose a theme Edit ldquowidgetsrdquo that appear on your blog
Tools - Map a custom domain to your site and importexport content
Settings - Manage settings for every part of your site
Contact - Create and edit contact forms
Photographer Connections - Connect to other vendors and sites like SmugMug ShootQ and Album Exposure
Free Trial Period
8
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Coming Soon Page
During the trial period your site you can access all areas of your site however you must be signed in to see the site
This is what your BlogSite will look like publicly Once signing up for a subscription this page will no longer be visible and your site will be live for everyone
Viewing Your Site
After logging in you will be able to view the live site
To view your site click your sitersquos name in the Admin Bar
Paying For Your SiteFind it under ldquoDashboard-gtBlog Accountrdquo
When you are ready to choose a subscription plan and activate your site go to ldquoDashboard-gtBlogAccountrdquo
Choose the subscription you would like to purchase and click ldquoSubscriberdquo
9
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Clicking Subscribe will send you to a Paypal page
Choose Payment Method
Once you have agreed to pay click on the ldquoReturn to Partner InteractivePhotography Blogsitesrdquo button This should return you to your ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page and your account should be active
If you do not end up at the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page you may need to signin again
On the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page the plan you chose should be listed under ldquoCurrent Subscriptionsrdquo
You will notice an expiration date either 1 month or one year from todayrsquos date depending on the subscription you chose
Canceling Your Subscription
Please note that this payment is recurring until you cancel your payment through PayPal or your credit card
To cancel a subscription within Paypal log into your Paypal account and look for us in your ldquoAccount Historyrdquo
If you donrsquot see us there look for recurring payments or pre-approved payments or subscriptions You should see us listed in there somewhere Paypal changes their menu fairly often unfortunately
For more information on canceling or modifying your payment through Paypal contact the Paypal support team
10
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Adding Editing ContentOverviewPages and PostsIn WordPress there are two major types of content - ldquoPagesrdquo and ldquoPostsrdquo They can be used in many ways but in our BlogSites we have set it up to simplify the process
1 Pages are the informational pages that become menu items in the main menu2 Posts get listed chronologically on the Blog Page with the latest post at the top
Pages and the Main MenuWhen you add a new page it will become a new item in the main menu You can reorder pages and group them together under ldquoparent pagesrdquo
The Blog PageTo add to the Blog Page all you have to do is add new posts and they will be listed chronologically with the most recent post at the top of the page
You can use categories to group posts You can also use tags to add additional information about what the post is talking about
You can find more details in the Using Posts Editing the Blog section
PortfolioGallery PagesThere are many ways to create a portfolio or gallery section on your site
bull You could simply add images to any pagebull You could use our own SEO Image Galleries plugin to create dynamic galleries with lots of ways
to display thembull You could bring in your SmugMug albums using our Photographer Connections pluginbull You could use the built in WordPress gallery functions
The important thing to remember with all of these options though is that the gallery itself and the page it is displayed on are two different things You need to create a gallery somewhere and also create a page that will display it
To start create a page (or edit an existing one) and give it the ldquoGallery Pagerdquo template
You can find more details in the Creating and Editing Galleries section
11
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
BlogSite Plans Only
BlogSite Plans Only
Importing Content From Your Current SiteFind it under ldquoTools-gtImportrdquo
WordPress makes it easy to import from most any other system that has the ability to export content especially another WordPress site
The first step would be to visit your current site and use their Export feature
Note If you will be using the same domain with your new BlogSites
Keep your domain pointing to your current site until you are sure ALL content has been transferred If you try the import process it might need to look at your current site If you have transferred the domain and it is now pointing at our servers your old site is not visible anymore
Only map your domain to us AFTER your content has been imported
The EditorAll of the different types of content whether Pages or Posts use the same text editor
There is a lot that can be done within the text editor
You can find a whole section of video tutorials on how to use it
See the section of videos ldquoGetting to know the Editorrdquo
12
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Posts Editing Your BlogThe Blog PageThe blog page shows all of the ldquopostsrdquo in chronological order To add to the blog just write a new post and publish it
The Blog is just a page that uses the ldquoBlog Pagerdquo template You can use this to make your blog page be named something else Create a page called ldquoNewsrdquo ldquoThe Latestrdquo etc and use the template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo Make sure to only have one Blog Page though )
If you ever delete the blog page (or donrsquot see one now) and want to add it back in create a new page and give it the page template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo
Writing Editing PostsThis is where you create all the posts for your blog It operates exactly like any WordPress site
13
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using PagesAdding Editing PagesIn the Main menu look for the Pages section
Click ldquoPagesrdquo to see a list of pages already on the site
Click ldquoAdd Newrdquo to create a new one
Page TemplatesThere are several types of pages you can create within your site As you edit a page you can select any one of the built in page ldquotemplatesrdquo to change the way information is displayed
As you edit a page look near the lsquoUpdatersquo or lsquoPublishrsquo button for the ldquoTemplaterdquo drop down list
We currently have the following Page Templates available in every theme
Blog Page Lists all posts and operates as the home of your blog sectionLinks Page Lists all Links edited through the Links areaGallery Page Optimizes the page size for displaying image galleriesPage With SubPages Make the page display the content of the first subpage rather than its own contentPage With Sidebar Add the Sidebar from the blog area to any page
Each theme may have some unique templates Experiment with them to see what is possible
14
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages
To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page
The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page
Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages
On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus
15
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own
Just remember to also rename the permalink to match
Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added
Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it
Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video
The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces
Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo
NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site
Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken
16
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly
17
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences
Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
Maximum Sizes
1200px wide 700px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high
They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high
We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom
There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn
There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg
Always save for the web at 72 dpi
18
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies
FILE SIZE 500 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high
REQUIRED for CuppaJoe
(Blog Only Version)
1000px wide by 185px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high
They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high
SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px
Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)
This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera
Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area
FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors
19
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px
All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller
DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high
But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size
LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background
DIMENSIONS Varies with theme
FILE SIZE 400 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high
20
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px
FILE SIZE 20kb or less
The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Filetype must be ico
You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon
Background Images
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways
The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high
Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions
They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center
NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions
Image Between Blog Posts
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high
If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through
21
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customizing the LookChoose a Theme
Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo
Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time
Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector
ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans
If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme
Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls
22
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used
Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used
Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image
Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background
You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo
23
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded
See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy
24
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order
bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or
new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline
to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo
You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds
25
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Options for each Section
Show Hide Section
Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder
BlogSite Plans Only
Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this
Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both
Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall
VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page
Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site
SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
26
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Blog PageOverview
For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish
Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page
To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area
Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
27
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt
The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load
By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts
Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image
You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
28
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images
Upload new image
Check to delete image
Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain
Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo
When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom
We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year
You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo
Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site
Detailed instructions
This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email
29
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Welcome Message amp Sliding Panels 26Video 26
Featured Links 26Slideshow 26
Customize the Blog Page 27Overview 27
Page Layout and Sidebars 27Extra Widget Areas 27
Blog Page Content or Excerpts 28Blog Page Slideshow 28
Get Connected 29Using a Custom Domain 29
Integrating Your Social Media Accounts 29Add Custom Links to the Main Menu 30
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your Site 30Integrating Your Photography Accounts 31
Using Contact Forms 32Overview 32
Creating Editing the Contact Form 32
Adding the Contact Form to a Page 33
WordPress Settings 34General Settings 34
Writing Reading Discussion Media 34Publishing 34
Other Settings 34
Search Engine Optimization Basics 35First Steps 35
All in One SEO 35SEO for Every Page and Post 35
Support 36How our Support System Works 36
Using Support Tickets 36
3
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
How to Use This GuideThis Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing your site It introduces some basic WordPress ideas but mainly covers the more advanced areas specific to Photography BlogSites
Once logged into your site you can also view over 30 video tutorials that walk you through basic WordPress functions Once logged in look in the main menu for ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
Yoursquoll see more about using our Support System later in this guide
4
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Welcome to Your New BlogSiteSigning Into Your SiteYou login by typing ldquosigninrdquo after your sitersquos address When you first sign up this will be the subdomain name you chose during signup
httpyournamephotographyblogsitescomsignin
Signin using your user name and password
We also allow you to ldquomaprdquo your own domain name to our site Once you have mapped your domain you can also log in at httpmydomaincomsignin
5
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
If you ever experience problems with viewing your site under a mapped domain try logging in using your photographyblogsitescom subdomain as described aboveYou can always log in using your subdomain at photographyblogsitescom even if your domain mapping settings are not working
Dashboard OverviewThis is a look at what you see when you first log into your site
6
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Main Menu
Quick Links to Content
Latest BlogSite News
Links to access your site(s)Profile and Logout
Quickly Add new content
Switch between dashboard modes
Main Menu OverviewSome important areas of the menu
7
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Account - Start and manage subscriptions
Support - documentation and tutorial videos
Addons - Enhance your site with free Optional Plugins and Premium Addon services
BlogSite Options - Customize your site
Blog - Create and edit your blog posts
Pages - Create and edit your pages
SEO Galleries - Create and edit your image galleries
Apperance - Choose a theme Edit ldquowidgetsrdquo that appear on your blog
Tools - Map a custom domain to your site and importexport content
Settings - Manage settings for every part of your site
Contact - Create and edit contact forms
Photographer Connections - Connect to other vendors and sites like SmugMug ShootQ and Album Exposure
Free Trial Period
8
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Coming Soon Page
During the trial period your site you can access all areas of your site however you must be signed in to see the site
This is what your BlogSite will look like publicly Once signing up for a subscription this page will no longer be visible and your site will be live for everyone
Viewing Your Site
After logging in you will be able to view the live site
To view your site click your sitersquos name in the Admin Bar
Paying For Your SiteFind it under ldquoDashboard-gtBlog Accountrdquo
When you are ready to choose a subscription plan and activate your site go to ldquoDashboard-gtBlogAccountrdquo
Choose the subscription you would like to purchase and click ldquoSubscriberdquo
9
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Clicking Subscribe will send you to a Paypal page
Choose Payment Method
Once you have agreed to pay click on the ldquoReturn to Partner InteractivePhotography Blogsitesrdquo button This should return you to your ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page and your account should be active
If you do not end up at the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page you may need to signin again
On the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page the plan you chose should be listed under ldquoCurrent Subscriptionsrdquo
You will notice an expiration date either 1 month or one year from todayrsquos date depending on the subscription you chose
Canceling Your Subscription
Please note that this payment is recurring until you cancel your payment through PayPal or your credit card
To cancel a subscription within Paypal log into your Paypal account and look for us in your ldquoAccount Historyrdquo
If you donrsquot see us there look for recurring payments or pre-approved payments or subscriptions You should see us listed in there somewhere Paypal changes their menu fairly often unfortunately
For more information on canceling or modifying your payment through Paypal contact the Paypal support team
10
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Adding Editing ContentOverviewPages and PostsIn WordPress there are two major types of content - ldquoPagesrdquo and ldquoPostsrdquo They can be used in many ways but in our BlogSites we have set it up to simplify the process
1 Pages are the informational pages that become menu items in the main menu2 Posts get listed chronologically on the Blog Page with the latest post at the top
Pages and the Main MenuWhen you add a new page it will become a new item in the main menu You can reorder pages and group them together under ldquoparent pagesrdquo
The Blog PageTo add to the Blog Page all you have to do is add new posts and they will be listed chronologically with the most recent post at the top of the page
You can use categories to group posts You can also use tags to add additional information about what the post is talking about
You can find more details in the Using Posts Editing the Blog section
PortfolioGallery PagesThere are many ways to create a portfolio or gallery section on your site
bull You could simply add images to any pagebull You could use our own SEO Image Galleries plugin to create dynamic galleries with lots of ways
to display thembull You could bring in your SmugMug albums using our Photographer Connections pluginbull You could use the built in WordPress gallery functions
The important thing to remember with all of these options though is that the gallery itself and the page it is displayed on are two different things You need to create a gallery somewhere and also create a page that will display it
To start create a page (or edit an existing one) and give it the ldquoGallery Pagerdquo template
You can find more details in the Creating and Editing Galleries section
11
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
BlogSite Plans Only
BlogSite Plans Only
Importing Content From Your Current SiteFind it under ldquoTools-gtImportrdquo
WordPress makes it easy to import from most any other system that has the ability to export content especially another WordPress site
The first step would be to visit your current site and use their Export feature
Note If you will be using the same domain with your new BlogSites
Keep your domain pointing to your current site until you are sure ALL content has been transferred If you try the import process it might need to look at your current site If you have transferred the domain and it is now pointing at our servers your old site is not visible anymore
Only map your domain to us AFTER your content has been imported
The EditorAll of the different types of content whether Pages or Posts use the same text editor
There is a lot that can be done within the text editor
You can find a whole section of video tutorials on how to use it
See the section of videos ldquoGetting to know the Editorrdquo
12
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Posts Editing Your BlogThe Blog PageThe blog page shows all of the ldquopostsrdquo in chronological order To add to the blog just write a new post and publish it
The Blog is just a page that uses the ldquoBlog Pagerdquo template You can use this to make your blog page be named something else Create a page called ldquoNewsrdquo ldquoThe Latestrdquo etc and use the template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo Make sure to only have one Blog Page though )
If you ever delete the blog page (or donrsquot see one now) and want to add it back in create a new page and give it the page template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo
Writing Editing PostsThis is where you create all the posts for your blog It operates exactly like any WordPress site
13
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using PagesAdding Editing PagesIn the Main menu look for the Pages section
Click ldquoPagesrdquo to see a list of pages already on the site
Click ldquoAdd Newrdquo to create a new one
Page TemplatesThere are several types of pages you can create within your site As you edit a page you can select any one of the built in page ldquotemplatesrdquo to change the way information is displayed
As you edit a page look near the lsquoUpdatersquo or lsquoPublishrsquo button for the ldquoTemplaterdquo drop down list
We currently have the following Page Templates available in every theme
Blog Page Lists all posts and operates as the home of your blog sectionLinks Page Lists all Links edited through the Links areaGallery Page Optimizes the page size for displaying image galleriesPage With SubPages Make the page display the content of the first subpage rather than its own contentPage With Sidebar Add the Sidebar from the blog area to any page
Each theme may have some unique templates Experiment with them to see what is possible
14
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages
To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page
The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page
Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages
On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus
15
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own
Just remember to also rename the permalink to match
Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added
Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it
Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video
The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces
Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo
NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site
Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken
16
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly
17
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences
Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
Maximum Sizes
1200px wide 700px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high
They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high
We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom
There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn
There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg
Always save for the web at 72 dpi
18
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies
FILE SIZE 500 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high
REQUIRED for CuppaJoe
(Blog Only Version)
1000px wide by 185px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high
They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high
SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px
Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)
This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera
Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area
FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors
19
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px
All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller
DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high
But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size
LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background
DIMENSIONS Varies with theme
FILE SIZE 400 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high
20
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px
FILE SIZE 20kb or less
The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Filetype must be ico
You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon
Background Images
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways
The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high
Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions
They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center
NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions
Image Between Blog Posts
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high
If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through
21
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customizing the LookChoose a Theme
Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo
Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time
Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector
ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans
If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme
Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls
22
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used
Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used
Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image
Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background
You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo
23
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded
See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy
24
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order
bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or
new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline
to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo
You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds
25
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Options for each Section
Show Hide Section
Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder
BlogSite Plans Only
Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this
Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both
Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall
VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page
Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site
SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
26
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Blog PageOverview
For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish
Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page
To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area
Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
27
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt
The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load
By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts
Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image
You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
28
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images
Upload new image
Check to delete image
Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain
Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo
When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom
We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year
You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo
Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site
Detailed instructions
This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email
29
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
How to Use This GuideThis Getting Started With Your Photography BlogSites PDF Guide that your reading will cover the basic steps in setting up and customizing your site It introduces some basic WordPress ideas but mainly covers the more advanced areas specific to Photography BlogSites
Once logged into your site you can also view over 30 video tutorials that walk you through basic WordPress functions Once logged in look in the main menu for ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
Yoursquoll see more about using our Support System later in this guide
4
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Welcome to Your New BlogSiteSigning Into Your SiteYou login by typing ldquosigninrdquo after your sitersquos address When you first sign up this will be the subdomain name you chose during signup
httpyournamephotographyblogsitescomsignin
Signin using your user name and password
We also allow you to ldquomaprdquo your own domain name to our site Once you have mapped your domain you can also log in at httpmydomaincomsignin
5
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
If you ever experience problems with viewing your site under a mapped domain try logging in using your photographyblogsitescom subdomain as described aboveYou can always log in using your subdomain at photographyblogsitescom even if your domain mapping settings are not working
Dashboard OverviewThis is a look at what you see when you first log into your site
6
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Main Menu
Quick Links to Content
Latest BlogSite News
Links to access your site(s)Profile and Logout
Quickly Add new content
Switch between dashboard modes
Main Menu OverviewSome important areas of the menu
7
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Account - Start and manage subscriptions
Support - documentation and tutorial videos
Addons - Enhance your site with free Optional Plugins and Premium Addon services
BlogSite Options - Customize your site
Blog - Create and edit your blog posts
Pages - Create and edit your pages
SEO Galleries - Create and edit your image galleries
Apperance - Choose a theme Edit ldquowidgetsrdquo that appear on your blog
Tools - Map a custom domain to your site and importexport content
Settings - Manage settings for every part of your site
Contact - Create and edit contact forms
Photographer Connections - Connect to other vendors and sites like SmugMug ShootQ and Album Exposure
Free Trial Period
8
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Coming Soon Page
During the trial period your site you can access all areas of your site however you must be signed in to see the site
This is what your BlogSite will look like publicly Once signing up for a subscription this page will no longer be visible and your site will be live for everyone
Viewing Your Site
After logging in you will be able to view the live site
To view your site click your sitersquos name in the Admin Bar
Paying For Your SiteFind it under ldquoDashboard-gtBlog Accountrdquo
When you are ready to choose a subscription plan and activate your site go to ldquoDashboard-gtBlogAccountrdquo
Choose the subscription you would like to purchase and click ldquoSubscriberdquo
9
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Clicking Subscribe will send you to a Paypal page
Choose Payment Method
Once you have agreed to pay click on the ldquoReturn to Partner InteractivePhotography Blogsitesrdquo button This should return you to your ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page and your account should be active
If you do not end up at the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page you may need to signin again
On the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page the plan you chose should be listed under ldquoCurrent Subscriptionsrdquo
You will notice an expiration date either 1 month or one year from todayrsquos date depending on the subscription you chose
Canceling Your Subscription
Please note that this payment is recurring until you cancel your payment through PayPal or your credit card
To cancel a subscription within Paypal log into your Paypal account and look for us in your ldquoAccount Historyrdquo
If you donrsquot see us there look for recurring payments or pre-approved payments or subscriptions You should see us listed in there somewhere Paypal changes their menu fairly often unfortunately
For more information on canceling or modifying your payment through Paypal contact the Paypal support team
10
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Adding Editing ContentOverviewPages and PostsIn WordPress there are two major types of content - ldquoPagesrdquo and ldquoPostsrdquo They can be used in many ways but in our BlogSites we have set it up to simplify the process
1 Pages are the informational pages that become menu items in the main menu2 Posts get listed chronologically on the Blog Page with the latest post at the top
Pages and the Main MenuWhen you add a new page it will become a new item in the main menu You can reorder pages and group them together under ldquoparent pagesrdquo
The Blog PageTo add to the Blog Page all you have to do is add new posts and they will be listed chronologically with the most recent post at the top of the page
You can use categories to group posts You can also use tags to add additional information about what the post is talking about
You can find more details in the Using Posts Editing the Blog section
PortfolioGallery PagesThere are many ways to create a portfolio or gallery section on your site
bull You could simply add images to any pagebull You could use our own SEO Image Galleries plugin to create dynamic galleries with lots of ways
to display thembull You could bring in your SmugMug albums using our Photographer Connections pluginbull You could use the built in WordPress gallery functions
The important thing to remember with all of these options though is that the gallery itself and the page it is displayed on are two different things You need to create a gallery somewhere and also create a page that will display it
To start create a page (or edit an existing one) and give it the ldquoGallery Pagerdquo template
You can find more details in the Creating and Editing Galleries section
11
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
BlogSite Plans Only
BlogSite Plans Only
Importing Content From Your Current SiteFind it under ldquoTools-gtImportrdquo
WordPress makes it easy to import from most any other system that has the ability to export content especially another WordPress site
The first step would be to visit your current site and use their Export feature
Note If you will be using the same domain with your new BlogSites
Keep your domain pointing to your current site until you are sure ALL content has been transferred If you try the import process it might need to look at your current site If you have transferred the domain and it is now pointing at our servers your old site is not visible anymore
Only map your domain to us AFTER your content has been imported
The EditorAll of the different types of content whether Pages or Posts use the same text editor
There is a lot that can be done within the text editor
You can find a whole section of video tutorials on how to use it
See the section of videos ldquoGetting to know the Editorrdquo
12
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Posts Editing Your BlogThe Blog PageThe blog page shows all of the ldquopostsrdquo in chronological order To add to the blog just write a new post and publish it
The Blog is just a page that uses the ldquoBlog Pagerdquo template You can use this to make your blog page be named something else Create a page called ldquoNewsrdquo ldquoThe Latestrdquo etc and use the template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo Make sure to only have one Blog Page though )
If you ever delete the blog page (or donrsquot see one now) and want to add it back in create a new page and give it the page template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo
Writing Editing PostsThis is where you create all the posts for your blog It operates exactly like any WordPress site
13
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using PagesAdding Editing PagesIn the Main menu look for the Pages section
Click ldquoPagesrdquo to see a list of pages already on the site
Click ldquoAdd Newrdquo to create a new one
Page TemplatesThere are several types of pages you can create within your site As you edit a page you can select any one of the built in page ldquotemplatesrdquo to change the way information is displayed
As you edit a page look near the lsquoUpdatersquo or lsquoPublishrsquo button for the ldquoTemplaterdquo drop down list
We currently have the following Page Templates available in every theme
Blog Page Lists all posts and operates as the home of your blog sectionLinks Page Lists all Links edited through the Links areaGallery Page Optimizes the page size for displaying image galleriesPage With SubPages Make the page display the content of the first subpage rather than its own contentPage With Sidebar Add the Sidebar from the blog area to any page
Each theme may have some unique templates Experiment with them to see what is possible
14
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages
To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page
The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page
Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages
On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus
15
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own
Just remember to also rename the permalink to match
Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added
Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it
Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video
The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces
Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo
NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site
Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken
16
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly
17
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences
Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
Maximum Sizes
1200px wide 700px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high
They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high
We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom
There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn
There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg
Always save for the web at 72 dpi
18
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies
FILE SIZE 500 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high
REQUIRED for CuppaJoe
(Blog Only Version)
1000px wide by 185px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high
They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high
SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px
Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)
This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera
Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area
FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors
19
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px
All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller
DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high
But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size
LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background
DIMENSIONS Varies with theme
FILE SIZE 400 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high
20
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px
FILE SIZE 20kb or less
The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Filetype must be ico
You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon
Background Images
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways
The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high
Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions
They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center
NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions
Image Between Blog Posts
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high
If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through
21
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customizing the LookChoose a Theme
Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo
Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time
Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector
ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans
If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme
Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls
22
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used
Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used
Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image
Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background
You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo
23
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded
See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy
24
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order
bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or
new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline
to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo
You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds
25
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Options for each Section
Show Hide Section
Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder
BlogSite Plans Only
Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this
Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both
Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall
VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page
Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site
SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
26
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Blog PageOverview
For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish
Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page
To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area
Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
27
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt
The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load
By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts
Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image
You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
28
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images
Upload new image
Check to delete image
Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain
Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo
When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom
We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year
You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo
Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site
Detailed instructions
This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email
29
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Welcome to Your New BlogSiteSigning Into Your SiteYou login by typing ldquosigninrdquo after your sitersquos address When you first sign up this will be the subdomain name you chose during signup
httpyournamephotographyblogsitescomsignin
Signin using your user name and password
We also allow you to ldquomaprdquo your own domain name to our site Once you have mapped your domain you can also log in at httpmydomaincomsignin
5
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
If you ever experience problems with viewing your site under a mapped domain try logging in using your photographyblogsitescom subdomain as described aboveYou can always log in using your subdomain at photographyblogsitescom even if your domain mapping settings are not working
Dashboard OverviewThis is a look at what you see when you first log into your site
6
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Main Menu
Quick Links to Content
Latest BlogSite News
Links to access your site(s)Profile and Logout
Quickly Add new content
Switch between dashboard modes
Main Menu OverviewSome important areas of the menu
7
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Account - Start and manage subscriptions
Support - documentation and tutorial videos
Addons - Enhance your site with free Optional Plugins and Premium Addon services
BlogSite Options - Customize your site
Blog - Create and edit your blog posts
Pages - Create and edit your pages
SEO Galleries - Create and edit your image galleries
Apperance - Choose a theme Edit ldquowidgetsrdquo that appear on your blog
Tools - Map a custom domain to your site and importexport content
Settings - Manage settings for every part of your site
Contact - Create and edit contact forms
Photographer Connections - Connect to other vendors and sites like SmugMug ShootQ and Album Exposure
Free Trial Period
8
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Coming Soon Page
During the trial period your site you can access all areas of your site however you must be signed in to see the site
This is what your BlogSite will look like publicly Once signing up for a subscription this page will no longer be visible and your site will be live for everyone
Viewing Your Site
After logging in you will be able to view the live site
To view your site click your sitersquos name in the Admin Bar
Paying For Your SiteFind it under ldquoDashboard-gtBlog Accountrdquo
When you are ready to choose a subscription plan and activate your site go to ldquoDashboard-gtBlogAccountrdquo
Choose the subscription you would like to purchase and click ldquoSubscriberdquo
9
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Clicking Subscribe will send you to a Paypal page
Choose Payment Method
Once you have agreed to pay click on the ldquoReturn to Partner InteractivePhotography Blogsitesrdquo button This should return you to your ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page and your account should be active
If you do not end up at the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page you may need to signin again
On the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page the plan you chose should be listed under ldquoCurrent Subscriptionsrdquo
You will notice an expiration date either 1 month or one year from todayrsquos date depending on the subscription you chose
Canceling Your Subscription
Please note that this payment is recurring until you cancel your payment through PayPal or your credit card
To cancel a subscription within Paypal log into your Paypal account and look for us in your ldquoAccount Historyrdquo
If you donrsquot see us there look for recurring payments or pre-approved payments or subscriptions You should see us listed in there somewhere Paypal changes their menu fairly often unfortunately
For more information on canceling or modifying your payment through Paypal contact the Paypal support team
10
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Adding Editing ContentOverviewPages and PostsIn WordPress there are two major types of content - ldquoPagesrdquo and ldquoPostsrdquo They can be used in many ways but in our BlogSites we have set it up to simplify the process
1 Pages are the informational pages that become menu items in the main menu2 Posts get listed chronologically on the Blog Page with the latest post at the top
Pages and the Main MenuWhen you add a new page it will become a new item in the main menu You can reorder pages and group them together under ldquoparent pagesrdquo
The Blog PageTo add to the Blog Page all you have to do is add new posts and they will be listed chronologically with the most recent post at the top of the page
You can use categories to group posts You can also use tags to add additional information about what the post is talking about
You can find more details in the Using Posts Editing the Blog section
PortfolioGallery PagesThere are many ways to create a portfolio or gallery section on your site
bull You could simply add images to any pagebull You could use our own SEO Image Galleries plugin to create dynamic galleries with lots of ways
to display thembull You could bring in your SmugMug albums using our Photographer Connections pluginbull You could use the built in WordPress gallery functions
The important thing to remember with all of these options though is that the gallery itself and the page it is displayed on are two different things You need to create a gallery somewhere and also create a page that will display it
To start create a page (or edit an existing one) and give it the ldquoGallery Pagerdquo template
You can find more details in the Creating and Editing Galleries section
11
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
BlogSite Plans Only
BlogSite Plans Only
Importing Content From Your Current SiteFind it under ldquoTools-gtImportrdquo
WordPress makes it easy to import from most any other system that has the ability to export content especially another WordPress site
The first step would be to visit your current site and use their Export feature
Note If you will be using the same domain with your new BlogSites
Keep your domain pointing to your current site until you are sure ALL content has been transferred If you try the import process it might need to look at your current site If you have transferred the domain and it is now pointing at our servers your old site is not visible anymore
Only map your domain to us AFTER your content has been imported
The EditorAll of the different types of content whether Pages or Posts use the same text editor
There is a lot that can be done within the text editor
You can find a whole section of video tutorials on how to use it
See the section of videos ldquoGetting to know the Editorrdquo
12
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Posts Editing Your BlogThe Blog PageThe blog page shows all of the ldquopostsrdquo in chronological order To add to the blog just write a new post and publish it
The Blog is just a page that uses the ldquoBlog Pagerdquo template You can use this to make your blog page be named something else Create a page called ldquoNewsrdquo ldquoThe Latestrdquo etc and use the template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo Make sure to only have one Blog Page though )
If you ever delete the blog page (or donrsquot see one now) and want to add it back in create a new page and give it the page template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo
Writing Editing PostsThis is where you create all the posts for your blog It operates exactly like any WordPress site
13
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using PagesAdding Editing PagesIn the Main menu look for the Pages section
Click ldquoPagesrdquo to see a list of pages already on the site
Click ldquoAdd Newrdquo to create a new one
Page TemplatesThere are several types of pages you can create within your site As you edit a page you can select any one of the built in page ldquotemplatesrdquo to change the way information is displayed
As you edit a page look near the lsquoUpdatersquo or lsquoPublishrsquo button for the ldquoTemplaterdquo drop down list
We currently have the following Page Templates available in every theme
Blog Page Lists all posts and operates as the home of your blog sectionLinks Page Lists all Links edited through the Links areaGallery Page Optimizes the page size for displaying image galleriesPage With SubPages Make the page display the content of the first subpage rather than its own contentPage With Sidebar Add the Sidebar from the blog area to any page
Each theme may have some unique templates Experiment with them to see what is possible
14
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages
To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page
The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page
Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages
On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus
15
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own
Just remember to also rename the permalink to match
Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added
Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it
Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video
The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces
Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo
NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site
Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken
16
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly
17
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences
Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
Maximum Sizes
1200px wide 700px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high
They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high
We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom
There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn
There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg
Always save for the web at 72 dpi
18
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies
FILE SIZE 500 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high
REQUIRED for CuppaJoe
(Blog Only Version)
1000px wide by 185px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high
They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high
SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px
Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)
This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera
Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area
FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors
19
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px
All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller
DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high
But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size
LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background
DIMENSIONS Varies with theme
FILE SIZE 400 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high
20
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px
FILE SIZE 20kb or less
The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Filetype must be ico
You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon
Background Images
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways
The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high
Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions
They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center
NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions
Image Between Blog Posts
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high
If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through
21
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customizing the LookChoose a Theme
Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo
Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time
Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector
ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans
If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme
Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls
22
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used
Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used
Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image
Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background
You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo
23
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded
See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy
24
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order
bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or
new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline
to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo
You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds
25
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Options for each Section
Show Hide Section
Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder
BlogSite Plans Only
Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this
Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both
Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall
VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page
Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site
SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
26
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Blog PageOverview
For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish
Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page
To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area
Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
27
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt
The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load
By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts
Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image
You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
28
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images
Upload new image
Check to delete image
Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain
Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo
When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom
We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year
You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo
Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site
Detailed instructions
This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email
29
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Dashboard OverviewThis is a look at what you see when you first log into your site
6
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Main Menu
Quick Links to Content
Latest BlogSite News
Links to access your site(s)Profile and Logout
Quickly Add new content
Switch between dashboard modes
Main Menu OverviewSome important areas of the menu
7
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Account - Start and manage subscriptions
Support - documentation and tutorial videos
Addons - Enhance your site with free Optional Plugins and Premium Addon services
BlogSite Options - Customize your site
Blog - Create and edit your blog posts
Pages - Create and edit your pages
SEO Galleries - Create and edit your image galleries
Apperance - Choose a theme Edit ldquowidgetsrdquo that appear on your blog
Tools - Map a custom domain to your site and importexport content
Settings - Manage settings for every part of your site
Contact - Create and edit contact forms
Photographer Connections - Connect to other vendors and sites like SmugMug ShootQ and Album Exposure
Free Trial Period
8
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Coming Soon Page
During the trial period your site you can access all areas of your site however you must be signed in to see the site
This is what your BlogSite will look like publicly Once signing up for a subscription this page will no longer be visible and your site will be live for everyone
Viewing Your Site
After logging in you will be able to view the live site
To view your site click your sitersquos name in the Admin Bar
Paying For Your SiteFind it under ldquoDashboard-gtBlog Accountrdquo
When you are ready to choose a subscription plan and activate your site go to ldquoDashboard-gtBlogAccountrdquo
Choose the subscription you would like to purchase and click ldquoSubscriberdquo
9
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Clicking Subscribe will send you to a Paypal page
Choose Payment Method
Once you have agreed to pay click on the ldquoReturn to Partner InteractivePhotography Blogsitesrdquo button This should return you to your ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page and your account should be active
If you do not end up at the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page you may need to signin again
On the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page the plan you chose should be listed under ldquoCurrent Subscriptionsrdquo
You will notice an expiration date either 1 month or one year from todayrsquos date depending on the subscription you chose
Canceling Your Subscription
Please note that this payment is recurring until you cancel your payment through PayPal or your credit card
To cancel a subscription within Paypal log into your Paypal account and look for us in your ldquoAccount Historyrdquo
If you donrsquot see us there look for recurring payments or pre-approved payments or subscriptions You should see us listed in there somewhere Paypal changes their menu fairly often unfortunately
For more information on canceling or modifying your payment through Paypal contact the Paypal support team
10
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Adding Editing ContentOverviewPages and PostsIn WordPress there are two major types of content - ldquoPagesrdquo and ldquoPostsrdquo They can be used in many ways but in our BlogSites we have set it up to simplify the process
1 Pages are the informational pages that become menu items in the main menu2 Posts get listed chronologically on the Blog Page with the latest post at the top
Pages and the Main MenuWhen you add a new page it will become a new item in the main menu You can reorder pages and group them together under ldquoparent pagesrdquo
The Blog PageTo add to the Blog Page all you have to do is add new posts and they will be listed chronologically with the most recent post at the top of the page
You can use categories to group posts You can also use tags to add additional information about what the post is talking about
You can find more details in the Using Posts Editing the Blog section
PortfolioGallery PagesThere are many ways to create a portfolio or gallery section on your site
bull You could simply add images to any pagebull You could use our own SEO Image Galleries plugin to create dynamic galleries with lots of ways
to display thembull You could bring in your SmugMug albums using our Photographer Connections pluginbull You could use the built in WordPress gallery functions
The important thing to remember with all of these options though is that the gallery itself and the page it is displayed on are two different things You need to create a gallery somewhere and also create a page that will display it
To start create a page (or edit an existing one) and give it the ldquoGallery Pagerdquo template
You can find more details in the Creating and Editing Galleries section
11
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
BlogSite Plans Only
BlogSite Plans Only
Importing Content From Your Current SiteFind it under ldquoTools-gtImportrdquo
WordPress makes it easy to import from most any other system that has the ability to export content especially another WordPress site
The first step would be to visit your current site and use their Export feature
Note If you will be using the same domain with your new BlogSites
Keep your domain pointing to your current site until you are sure ALL content has been transferred If you try the import process it might need to look at your current site If you have transferred the domain and it is now pointing at our servers your old site is not visible anymore
Only map your domain to us AFTER your content has been imported
The EditorAll of the different types of content whether Pages or Posts use the same text editor
There is a lot that can be done within the text editor
You can find a whole section of video tutorials on how to use it
See the section of videos ldquoGetting to know the Editorrdquo
12
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Posts Editing Your BlogThe Blog PageThe blog page shows all of the ldquopostsrdquo in chronological order To add to the blog just write a new post and publish it
The Blog is just a page that uses the ldquoBlog Pagerdquo template You can use this to make your blog page be named something else Create a page called ldquoNewsrdquo ldquoThe Latestrdquo etc and use the template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo Make sure to only have one Blog Page though )
If you ever delete the blog page (or donrsquot see one now) and want to add it back in create a new page and give it the page template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo
Writing Editing PostsThis is where you create all the posts for your blog It operates exactly like any WordPress site
13
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using PagesAdding Editing PagesIn the Main menu look for the Pages section
Click ldquoPagesrdquo to see a list of pages already on the site
Click ldquoAdd Newrdquo to create a new one
Page TemplatesThere are several types of pages you can create within your site As you edit a page you can select any one of the built in page ldquotemplatesrdquo to change the way information is displayed
As you edit a page look near the lsquoUpdatersquo or lsquoPublishrsquo button for the ldquoTemplaterdquo drop down list
We currently have the following Page Templates available in every theme
Blog Page Lists all posts and operates as the home of your blog sectionLinks Page Lists all Links edited through the Links areaGallery Page Optimizes the page size for displaying image galleriesPage With SubPages Make the page display the content of the first subpage rather than its own contentPage With Sidebar Add the Sidebar from the blog area to any page
Each theme may have some unique templates Experiment with them to see what is possible
14
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages
To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page
The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page
Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages
On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus
15
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own
Just remember to also rename the permalink to match
Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added
Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it
Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video
The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces
Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo
NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site
Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken
16
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly
17
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences
Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
Maximum Sizes
1200px wide 700px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high
They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high
We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom
There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn
There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg
Always save for the web at 72 dpi
18
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies
FILE SIZE 500 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high
REQUIRED for CuppaJoe
(Blog Only Version)
1000px wide by 185px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high
They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high
SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px
Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)
This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera
Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area
FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors
19
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px
All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller
DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high
But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size
LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background
DIMENSIONS Varies with theme
FILE SIZE 400 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high
20
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px
FILE SIZE 20kb or less
The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Filetype must be ico
You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon
Background Images
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways
The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high
Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions
They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center
NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions
Image Between Blog Posts
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high
If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through
21
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customizing the LookChoose a Theme
Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo
Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time
Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector
ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans
If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme
Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls
22
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used
Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used
Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image
Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background
You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo
23
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded
See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy
24
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order
bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or
new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline
to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo
You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds
25
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Options for each Section
Show Hide Section
Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder
BlogSite Plans Only
Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this
Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both
Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall
VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page
Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site
SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
26
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Blog PageOverview
For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish
Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page
To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area
Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
27
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt
The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load
By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts
Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image
You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
28
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images
Upload new image
Check to delete image
Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain
Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo
When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom
We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year
You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo
Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site
Detailed instructions
This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email
29
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Main Menu OverviewSome important areas of the menu
7
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Account - Start and manage subscriptions
Support - documentation and tutorial videos
Addons - Enhance your site with free Optional Plugins and Premium Addon services
BlogSite Options - Customize your site
Blog - Create and edit your blog posts
Pages - Create and edit your pages
SEO Galleries - Create and edit your image galleries
Apperance - Choose a theme Edit ldquowidgetsrdquo that appear on your blog
Tools - Map a custom domain to your site and importexport content
Settings - Manage settings for every part of your site
Contact - Create and edit contact forms
Photographer Connections - Connect to other vendors and sites like SmugMug ShootQ and Album Exposure
Free Trial Period
8
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Coming Soon Page
During the trial period your site you can access all areas of your site however you must be signed in to see the site
This is what your BlogSite will look like publicly Once signing up for a subscription this page will no longer be visible and your site will be live for everyone
Viewing Your Site
After logging in you will be able to view the live site
To view your site click your sitersquos name in the Admin Bar
Paying For Your SiteFind it under ldquoDashboard-gtBlog Accountrdquo
When you are ready to choose a subscription plan and activate your site go to ldquoDashboard-gtBlogAccountrdquo
Choose the subscription you would like to purchase and click ldquoSubscriberdquo
9
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Clicking Subscribe will send you to a Paypal page
Choose Payment Method
Once you have agreed to pay click on the ldquoReturn to Partner InteractivePhotography Blogsitesrdquo button This should return you to your ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page and your account should be active
If you do not end up at the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page you may need to signin again
On the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page the plan you chose should be listed under ldquoCurrent Subscriptionsrdquo
You will notice an expiration date either 1 month or one year from todayrsquos date depending on the subscription you chose
Canceling Your Subscription
Please note that this payment is recurring until you cancel your payment through PayPal or your credit card
To cancel a subscription within Paypal log into your Paypal account and look for us in your ldquoAccount Historyrdquo
If you donrsquot see us there look for recurring payments or pre-approved payments or subscriptions You should see us listed in there somewhere Paypal changes their menu fairly often unfortunately
For more information on canceling or modifying your payment through Paypal contact the Paypal support team
10
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Adding Editing ContentOverviewPages and PostsIn WordPress there are two major types of content - ldquoPagesrdquo and ldquoPostsrdquo They can be used in many ways but in our BlogSites we have set it up to simplify the process
1 Pages are the informational pages that become menu items in the main menu2 Posts get listed chronologically on the Blog Page with the latest post at the top
Pages and the Main MenuWhen you add a new page it will become a new item in the main menu You can reorder pages and group them together under ldquoparent pagesrdquo
The Blog PageTo add to the Blog Page all you have to do is add new posts and they will be listed chronologically with the most recent post at the top of the page
You can use categories to group posts You can also use tags to add additional information about what the post is talking about
You can find more details in the Using Posts Editing the Blog section
PortfolioGallery PagesThere are many ways to create a portfolio or gallery section on your site
bull You could simply add images to any pagebull You could use our own SEO Image Galleries plugin to create dynamic galleries with lots of ways
to display thembull You could bring in your SmugMug albums using our Photographer Connections pluginbull You could use the built in WordPress gallery functions
The important thing to remember with all of these options though is that the gallery itself and the page it is displayed on are two different things You need to create a gallery somewhere and also create a page that will display it
To start create a page (or edit an existing one) and give it the ldquoGallery Pagerdquo template
You can find more details in the Creating and Editing Galleries section
11
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
BlogSite Plans Only
BlogSite Plans Only
Importing Content From Your Current SiteFind it under ldquoTools-gtImportrdquo
WordPress makes it easy to import from most any other system that has the ability to export content especially another WordPress site
The first step would be to visit your current site and use their Export feature
Note If you will be using the same domain with your new BlogSites
Keep your domain pointing to your current site until you are sure ALL content has been transferred If you try the import process it might need to look at your current site If you have transferred the domain and it is now pointing at our servers your old site is not visible anymore
Only map your domain to us AFTER your content has been imported
The EditorAll of the different types of content whether Pages or Posts use the same text editor
There is a lot that can be done within the text editor
You can find a whole section of video tutorials on how to use it
See the section of videos ldquoGetting to know the Editorrdquo
12
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Posts Editing Your BlogThe Blog PageThe blog page shows all of the ldquopostsrdquo in chronological order To add to the blog just write a new post and publish it
The Blog is just a page that uses the ldquoBlog Pagerdquo template You can use this to make your blog page be named something else Create a page called ldquoNewsrdquo ldquoThe Latestrdquo etc and use the template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo Make sure to only have one Blog Page though )
If you ever delete the blog page (or donrsquot see one now) and want to add it back in create a new page and give it the page template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo
Writing Editing PostsThis is where you create all the posts for your blog It operates exactly like any WordPress site
13
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using PagesAdding Editing PagesIn the Main menu look for the Pages section
Click ldquoPagesrdquo to see a list of pages already on the site
Click ldquoAdd Newrdquo to create a new one
Page TemplatesThere are several types of pages you can create within your site As you edit a page you can select any one of the built in page ldquotemplatesrdquo to change the way information is displayed
As you edit a page look near the lsquoUpdatersquo or lsquoPublishrsquo button for the ldquoTemplaterdquo drop down list
We currently have the following Page Templates available in every theme
Blog Page Lists all posts and operates as the home of your blog sectionLinks Page Lists all Links edited through the Links areaGallery Page Optimizes the page size for displaying image galleriesPage With SubPages Make the page display the content of the first subpage rather than its own contentPage With Sidebar Add the Sidebar from the blog area to any page
Each theme may have some unique templates Experiment with them to see what is possible
14
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages
To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page
The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page
Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages
On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus
15
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own
Just remember to also rename the permalink to match
Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added
Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it
Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video
The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces
Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo
NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site
Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken
16
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly
17
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences
Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
Maximum Sizes
1200px wide 700px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high
They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high
We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom
There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn
There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg
Always save for the web at 72 dpi
18
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies
FILE SIZE 500 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high
REQUIRED for CuppaJoe
(Blog Only Version)
1000px wide by 185px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high
They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high
SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px
Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)
This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera
Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area
FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors
19
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px
All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller
DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high
But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size
LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background
DIMENSIONS Varies with theme
FILE SIZE 400 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high
20
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px
FILE SIZE 20kb or less
The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Filetype must be ico
You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon
Background Images
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways
The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high
Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions
They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center
NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions
Image Between Blog Posts
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high
If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through
21
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customizing the LookChoose a Theme
Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo
Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time
Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector
ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans
If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme
Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls
22
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used
Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used
Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image
Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background
You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo
23
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded
See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy
24
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order
bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or
new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline
to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo
You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds
25
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Options for each Section
Show Hide Section
Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder
BlogSite Plans Only
Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this
Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both
Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall
VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page
Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site
SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
26
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Blog PageOverview
For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish
Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page
To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area
Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
27
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt
The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load
By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts
Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image
You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
28
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images
Upload new image
Check to delete image
Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain
Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo
When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom
We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year
You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo
Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site
Detailed instructions
This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email
29
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Free Trial Period
8
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Coming Soon Page
During the trial period your site you can access all areas of your site however you must be signed in to see the site
This is what your BlogSite will look like publicly Once signing up for a subscription this page will no longer be visible and your site will be live for everyone
Viewing Your Site
After logging in you will be able to view the live site
To view your site click your sitersquos name in the Admin Bar
Paying For Your SiteFind it under ldquoDashboard-gtBlog Accountrdquo
When you are ready to choose a subscription plan and activate your site go to ldquoDashboard-gtBlogAccountrdquo
Choose the subscription you would like to purchase and click ldquoSubscriberdquo
9
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Clicking Subscribe will send you to a Paypal page
Choose Payment Method
Once you have agreed to pay click on the ldquoReturn to Partner InteractivePhotography Blogsitesrdquo button This should return you to your ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page and your account should be active
If you do not end up at the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page you may need to signin again
On the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page the plan you chose should be listed under ldquoCurrent Subscriptionsrdquo
You will notice an expiration date either 1 month or one year from todayrsquos date depending on the subscription you chose
Canceling Your Subscription
Please note that this payment is recurring until you cancel your payment through PayPal or your credit card
To cancel a subscription within Paypal log into your Paypal account and look for us in your ldquoAccount Historyrdquo
If you donrsquot see us there look for recurring payments or pre-approved payments or subscriptions You should see us listed in there somewhere Paypal changes their menu fairly often unfortunately
For more information on canceling or modifying your payment through Paypal contact the Paypal support team
10
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Adding Editing ContentOverviewPages and PostsIn WordPress there are two major types of content - ldquoPagesrdquo and ldquoPostsrdquo They can be used in many ways but in our BlogSites we have set it up to simplify the process
1 Pages are the informational pages that become menu items in the main menu2 Posts get listed chronologically on the Blog Page with the latest post at the top
Pages and the Main MenuWhen you add a new page it will become a new item in the main menu You can reorder pages and group them together under ldquoparent pagesrdquo
The Blog PageTo add to the Blog Page all you have to do is add new posts and they will be listed chronologically with the most recent post at the top of the page
You can use categories to group posts You can also use tags to add additional information about what the post is talking about
You can find more details in the Using Posts Editing the Blog section
PortfolioGallery PagesThere are many ways to create a portfolio or gallery section on your site
bull You could simply add images to any pagebull You could use our own SEO Image Galleries plugin to create dynamic galleries with lots of ways
to display thembull You could bring in your SmugMug albums using our Photographer Connections pluginbull You could use the built in WordPress gallery functions
The important thing to remember with all of these options though is that the gallery itself and the page it is displayed on are two different things You need to create a gallery somewhere and also create a page that will display it
To start create a page (or edit an existing one) and give it the ldquoGallery Pagerdquo template
You can find more details in the Creating and Editing Galleries section
11
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
BlogSite Plans Only
BlogSite Plans Only
Importing Content From Your Current SiteFind it under ldquoTools-gtImportrdquo
WordPress makes it easy to import from most any other system that has the ability to export content especially another WordPress site
The first step would be to visit your current site and use their Export feature
Note If you will be using the same domain with your new BlogSites
Keep your domain pointing to your current site until you are sure ALL content has been transferred If you try the import process it might need to look at your current site If you have transferred the domain and it is now pointing at our servers your old site is not visible anymore
Only map your domain to us AFTER your content has been imported
The EditorAll of the different types of content whether Pages or Posts use the same text editor
There is a lot that can be done within the text editor
You can find a whole section of video tutorials on how to use it
See the section of videos ldquoGetting to know the Editorrdquo
12
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Posts Editing Your BlogThe Blog PageThe blog page shows all of the ldquopostsrdquo in chronological order To add to the blog just write a new post and publish it
The Blog is just a page that uses the ldquoBlog Pagerdquo template You can use this to make your blog page be named something else Create a page called ldquoNewsrdquo ldquoThe Latestrdquo etc and use the template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo Make sure to only have one Blog Page though )
If you ever delete the blog page (or donrsquot see one now) and want to add it back in create a new page and give it the page template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo
Writing Editing PostsThis is where you create all the posts for your blog It operates exactly like any WordPress site
13
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using PagesAdding Editing PagesIn the Main menu look for the Pages section
Click ldquoPagesrdquo to see a list of pages already on the site
Click ldquoAdd Newrdquo to create a new one
Page TemplatesThere are several types of pages you can create within your site As you edit a page you can select any one of the built in page ldquotemplatesrdquo to change the way information is displayed
As you edit a page look near the lsquoUpdatersquo or lsquoPublishrsquo button for the ldquoTemplaterdquo drop down list
We currently have the following Page Templates available in every theme
Blog Page Lists all posts and operates as the home of your blog sectionLinks Page Lists all Links edited through the Links areaGallery Page Optimizes the page size for displaying image galleriesPage With SubPages Make the page display the content of the first subpage rather than its own contentPage With Sidebar Add the Sidebar from the blog area to any page
Each theme may have some unique templates Experiment with them to see what is possible
14
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages
To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page
The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page
Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages
On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus
15
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own
Just remember to also rename the permalink to match
Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added
Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it
Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video
The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces
Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo
NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site
Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken
16
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly
17
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences
Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
Maximum Sizes
1200px wide 700px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high
They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high
We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom
There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn
There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg
Always save for the web at 72 dpi
18
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies
FILE SIZE 500 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high
REQUIRED for CuppaJoe
(Blog Only Version)
1000px wide by 185px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high
They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high
SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px
Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)
This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera
Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area
FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors
19
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px
All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller
DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high
But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size
LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background
DIMENSIONS Varies with theme
FILE SIZE 400 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high
20
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px
FILE SIZE 20kb or less
The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Filetype must be ico
You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon
Background Images
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways
The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high
Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions
They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center
NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions
Image Between Blog Posts
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high
If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through
21
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customizing the LookChoose a Theme
Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo
Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time
Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector
ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans
If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme
Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls
22
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used
Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used
Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image
Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background
You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo
23
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded
See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy
24
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order
bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or
new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline
to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo
You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds
25
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Options for each Section
Show Hide Section
Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder
BlogSite Plans Only
Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this
Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both
Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall
VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page
Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site
SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
26
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Blog PageOverview
For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish
Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page
To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area
Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
27
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt
The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load
By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts
Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image
You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
28
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images
Upload new image
Check to delete image
Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain
Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo
When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom
We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year
You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo
Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site
Detailed instructions
This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email
29
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Paying For Your SiteFind it under ldquoDashboard-gtBlog Accountrdquo
When you are ready to choose a subscription plan and activate your site go to ldquoDashboard-gtBlogAccountrdquo
Choose the subscription you would like to purchase and click ldquoSubscriberdquo
9
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Clicking Subscribe will send you to a Paypal page
Choose Payment Method
Once you have agreed to pay click on the ldquoReturn to Partner InteractivePhotography Blogsitesrdquo button This should return you to your ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page and your account should be active
If you do not end up at the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page you may need to signin again
On the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page the plan you chose should be listed under ldquoCurrent Subscriptionsrdquo
You will notice an expiration date either 1 month or one year from todayrsquos date depending on the subscription you chose
Canceling Your Subscription
Please note that this payment is recurring until you cancel your payment through PayPal or your credit card
To cancel a subscription within Paypal log into your Paypal account and look for us in your ldquoAccount Historyrdquo
If you donrsquot see us there look for recurring payments or pre-approved payments or subscriptions You should see us listed in there somewhere Paypal changes their menu fairly often unfortunately
For more information on canceling or modifying your payment through Paypal contact the Paypal support team
10
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Adding Editing ContentOverviewPages and PostsIn WordPress there are two major types of content - ldquoPagesrdquo and ldquoPostsrdquo They can be used in many ways but in our BlogSites we have set it up to simplify the process
1 Pages are the informational pages that become menu items in the main menu2 Posts get listed chronologically on the Blog Page with the latest post at the top
Pages and the Main MenuWhen you add a new page it will become a new item in the main menu You can reorder pages and group them together under ldquoparent pagesrdquo
The Blog PageTo add to the Blog Page all you have to do is add new posts and they will be listed chronologically with the most recent post at the top of the page
You can use categories to group posts You can also use tags to add additional information about what the post is talking about
You can find more details in the Using Posts Editing the Blog section
PortfolioGallery PagesThere are many ways to create a portfolio or gallery section on your site
bull You could simply add images to any pagebull You could use our own SEO Image Galleries plugin to create dynamic galleries with lots of ways
to display thembull You could bring in your SmugMug albums using our Photographer Connections pluginbull You could use the built in WordPress gallery functions
The important thing to remember with all of these options though is that the gallery itself and the page it is displayed on are two different things You need to create a gallery somewhere and also create a page that will display it
To start create a page (or edit an existing one) and give it the ldquoGallery Pagerdquo template
You can find more details in the Creating and Editing Galleries section
11
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
BlogSite Plans Only
BlogSite Plans Only
Importing Content From Your Current SiteFind it under ldquoTools-gtImportrdquo
WordPress makes it easy to import from most any other system that has the ability to export content especially another WordPress site
The first step would be to visit your current site and use their Export feature
Note If you will be using the same domain with your new BlogSites
Keep your domain pointing to your current site until you are sure ALL content has been transferred If you try the import process it might need to look at your current site If you have transferred the domain and it is now pointing at our servers your old site is not visible anymore
Only map your domain to us AFTER your content has been imported
The EditorAll of the different types of content whether Pages or Posts use the same text editor
There is a lot that can be done within the text editor
You can find a whole section of video tutorials on how to use it
See the section of videos ldquoGetting to know the Editorrdquo
12
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Posts Editing Your BlogThe Blog PageThe blog page shows all of the ldquopostsrdquo in chronological order To add to the blog just write a new post and publish it
The Blog is just a page that uses the ldquoBlog Pagerdquo template You can use this to make your blog page be named something else Create a page called ldquoNewsrdquo ldquoThe Latestrdquo etc and use the template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo Make sure to only have one Blog Page though )
If you ever delete the blog page (or donrsquot see one now) and want to add it back in create a new page and give it the page template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo
Writing Editing PostsThis is where you create all the posts for your blog It operates exactly like any WordPress site
13
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using PagesAdding Editing PagesIn the Main menu look for the Pages section
Click ldquoPagesrdquo to see a list of pages already on the site
Click ldquoAdd Newrdquo to create a new one
Page TemplatesThere are several types of pages you can create within your site As you edit a page you can select any one of the built in page ldquotemplatesrdquo to change the way information is displayed
As you edit a page look near the lsquoUpdatersquo or lsquoPublishrsquo button for the ldquoTemplaterdquo drop down list
We currently have the following Page Templates available in every theme
Blog Page Lists all posts and operates as the home of your blog sectionLinks Page Lists all Links edited through the Links areaGallery Page Optimizes the page size for displaying image galleriesPage With SubPages Make the page display the content of the first subpage rather than its own contentPage With Sidebar Add the Sidebar from the blog area to any page
Each theme may have some unique templates Experiment with them to see what is possible
14
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages
To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page
The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page
Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages
On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus
15
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own
Just remember to also rename the permalink to match
Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added
Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it
Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video
The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces
Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo
NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site
Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken
16
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly
17
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences
Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
Maximum Sizes
1200px wide 700px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high
They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high
We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom
There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn
There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg
Always save for the web at 72 dpi
18
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies
FILE SIZE 500 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high
REQUIRED for CuppaJoe
(Blog Only Version)
1000px wide by 185px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high
They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high
SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px
Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)
This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera
Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area
FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors
19
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px
All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller
DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high
But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size
LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background
DIMENSIONS Varies with theme
FILE SIZE 400 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high
20
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px
FILE SIZE 20kb or less
The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Filetype must be ico
You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon
Background Images
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways
The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high
Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions
They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center
NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions
Image Between Blog Posts
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high
If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through
21
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customizing the LookChoose a Theme
Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo
Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time
Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector
ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans
If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme
Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls
22
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used
Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used
Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image
Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background
You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo
23
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded
See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy
24
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order
bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or
new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline
to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo
You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds
25
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Options for each Section
Show Hide Section
Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder
BlogSite Plans Only
Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this
Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both
Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall
VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page
Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site
SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
26
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Blog PageOverview
For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish
Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page
To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area
Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
27
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt
The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load
By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts
Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image
You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
28
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images
Upload new image
Check to delete image
Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain
Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo
When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom
We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year
You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo
Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site
Detailed instructions
This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email
29
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you have agreed to pay click on the ldquoReturn to Partner InteractivePhotography Blogsitesrdquo button This should return you to your ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page and your account should be active
If you do not end up at the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page you may need to signin again
On the ldquoBlog Accountrdquo page the plan you chose should be listed under ldquoCurrent Subscriptionsrdquo
You will notice an expiration date either 1 month or one year from todayrsquos date depending on the subscription you chose
Canceling Your Subscription
Please note that this payment is recurring until you cancel your payment through PayPal or your credit card
To cancel a subscription within Paypal log into your Paypal account and look for us in your ldquoAccount Historyrdquo
If you donrsquot see us there look for recurring payments or pre-approved payments or subscriptions You should see us listed in there somewhere Paypal changes their menu fairly often unfortunately
For more information on canceling or modifying your payment through Paypal contact the Paypal support team
10
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Adding Editing ContentOverviewPages and PostsIn WordPress there are two major types of content - ldquoPagesrdquo and ldquoPostsrdquo They can be used in many ways but in our BlogSites we have set it up to simplify the process
1 Pages are the informational pages that become menu items in the main menu2 Posts get listed chronologically on the Blog Page with the latest post at the top
Pages and the Main MenuWhen you add a new page it will become a new item in the main menu You can reorder pages and group them together under ldquoparent pagesrdquo
The Blog PageTo add to the Blog Page all you have to do is add new posts and they will be listed chronologically with the most recent post at the top of the page
You can use categories to group posts You can also use tags to add additional information about what the post is talking about
You can find more details in the Using Posts Editing the Blog section
PortfolioGallery PagesThere are many ways to create a portfolio or gallery section on your site
bull You could simply add images to any pagebull You could use our own SEO Image Galleries plugin to create dynamic galleries with lots of ways
to display thembull You could bring in your SmugMug albums using our Photographer Connections pluginbull You could use the built in WordPress gallery functions
The important thing to remember with all of these options though is that the gallery itself and the page it is displayed on are two different things You need to create a gallery somewhere and also create a page that will display it
To start create a page (or edit an existing one) and give it the ldquoGallery Pagerdquo template
You can find more details in the Creating and Editing Galleries section
11
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
BlogSite Plans Only
BlogSite Plans Only
Importing Content From Your Current SiteFind it under ldquoTools-gtImportrdquo
WordPress makes it easy to import from most any other system that has the ability to export content especially another WordPress site
The first step would be to visit your current site and use their Export feature
Note If you will be using the same domain with your new BlogSites
Keep your domain pointing to your current site until you are sure ALL content has been transferred If you try the import process it might need to look at your current site If you have transferred the domain and it is now pointing at our servers your old site is not visible anymore
Only map your domain to us AFTER your content has been imported
The EditorAll of the different types of content whether Pages or Posts use the same text editor
There is a lot that can be done within the text editor
You can find a whole section of video tutorials on how to use it
See the section of videos ldquoGetting to know the Editorrdquo
12
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Posts Editing Your BlogThe Blog PageThe blog page shows all of the ldquopostsrdquo in chronological order To add to the blog just write a new post and publish it
The Blog is just a page that uses the ldquoBlog Pagerdquo template You can use this to make your blog page be named something else Create a page called ldquoNewsrdquo ldquoThe Latestrdquo etc and use the template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo Make sure to only have one Blog Page though )
If you ever delete the blog page (or donrsquot see one now) and want to add it back in create a new page and give it the page template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo
Writing Editing PostsThis is where you create all the posts for your blog It operates exactly like any WordPress site
13
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using PagesAdding Editing PagesIn the Main menu look for the Pages section
Click ldquoPagesrdquo to see a list of pages already on the site
Click ldquoAdd Newrdquo to create a new one
Page TemplatesThere are several types of pages you can create within your site As you edit a page you can select any one of the built in page ldquotemplatesrdquo to change the way information is displayed
As you edit a page look near the lsquoUpdatersquo or lsquoPublishrsquo button for the ldquoTemplaterdquo drop down list
We currently have the following Page Templates available in every theme
Blog Page Lists all posts and operates as the home of your blog sectionLinks Page Lists all Links edited through the Links areaGallery Page Optimizes the page size for displaying image galleriesPage With SubPages Make the page display the content of the first subpage rather than its own contentPage With Sidebar Add the Sidebar from the blog area to any page
Each theme may have some unique templates Experiment with them to see what is possible
14
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages
To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page
The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page
Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages
On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus
15
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own
Just remember to also rename the permalink to match
Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added
Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it
Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video
The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces
Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo
NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site
Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken
16
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly
17
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences
Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
Maximum Sizes
1200px wide 700px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high
They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high
We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom
There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn
There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg
Always save for the web at 72 dpi
18
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies
FILE SIZE 500 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high
REQUIRED for CuppaJoe
(Blog Only Version)
1000px wide by 185px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high
They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high
SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px
Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)
This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera
Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area
FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors
19
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px
All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller
DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high
But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size
LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background
DIMENSIONS Varies with theme
FILE SIZE 400 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high
20
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px
FILE SIZE 20kb or less
The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Filetype must be ico
You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon
Background Images
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways
The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high
Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions
They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center
NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions
Image Between Blog Posts
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high
If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through
21
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customizing the LookChoose a Theme
Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo
Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time
Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector
ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans
If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme
Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls
22
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used
Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used
Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image
Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background
You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo
23
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded
See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy
24
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order
bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or
new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline
to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo
You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds
25
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Options for each Section
Show Hide Section
Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder
BlogSite Plans Only
Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this
Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both
Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall
VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page
Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site
SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
26
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Blog PageOverview
For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish
Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page
To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area
Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
27
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt
The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load
By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts
Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image
You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
28
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images
Upload new image
Check to delete image
Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain
Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo
When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom
We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year
You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo
Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site
Detailed instructions
This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email
29
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Adding Editing ContentOverviewPages and PostsIn WordPress there are two major types of content - ldquoPagesrdquo and ldquoPostsrdquo They can be used in many ways but in our BlogSites we have set it up to simplify the process
1 Pages are the informational pages that become menu items in the main menu2 Posts get listed chronologically on the Blog Page with the latest post at the top
Pages and the Main MenuWhen you add a new page it will become a new item in the main menu You can reorder pages and group them together under ldquoparent pagesrdquo
The Blog PageTo add to the Blog Page all you have to do is add new posts and they will be listed chronologically with the most recent post at the top of the page
You can use categories to group posts You can also use tags to add additional information about what the post is talking about
You can find more details in the Using Posts Editing the Blog section
PortfolioGallery PagesThere are many ways to create a portfolio or gallery section on your site
bull You could simply add images to any pagebull You could use our own SEO Image Galleries plugin to create dynamic galleries with lots of ways
to display thembull You could bring in your SmugMug albums using our Photographer Connections pluginbull You could use the built in WordPress gallery functions
The important thing to remember with all of these options though is that the gallery itself and the page it is displayed on are two different things You need to create a gallery somewhere and also create a page that will display it
To start create a page (or edit an existing one) and give it the ldquoGallery Pagerdquo template
You can find more details in the Creating and Editing Galleries section
11
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
BlogSite Plans Only
BlogSite Plans Only
Importing Content From Your Current SiteFind it under ldquoTools-gtImportrdquo
WordPress makes it easy to import from most any other system that has the ability to export content especially another WordPress site
The first step would be to visit your current site and use their Export feature
Note If you will be using the same domain with your new BlogSites
Keep your domain pointing to your current site until you are sure ALL content has been transferred If you try the import process it might need to look at your current site If you have transferred the domain and it is now pointing at our servers your old site is not visible anymore
Only map your domain to us AFTER your content has been imported
The EditorAll of the different types of content whether Pages or Posts use the same text editor
There is a lot that can be done within the text editor
You can find a whole section of video tutorials on how to use it
See the section of videos ldquoGetting to know the Editorrdquo
12
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Posts Editing Your BlogThe Blog PageThe blog page shows all of the ldquopostsrdquo in chronological order To add to the blog just write a new post and publish it
The Blog is just a page that uses the ldquoBlog Pagerdquo template You can use this to make your blog page be named something else Create a page called ldquoNewsrdquo ldquoThe Latestrdquo etc and use the template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo Make sure to only have one Blog Page though )
If you ever delete the blog page (or donrsquot see one now) and want to add it back in create a new page and give it the page template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo
Writing Editing PostsThis is where you create all the posts for your blog It operates exactly like any WordPress site
13
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using PagesAdding Editing PagesIn the Main menu look for the Pages section
Click ldquoPagesrdquo to see a list of pages already on the site
Click ldquoAdd Newrdquo to create a new one
Page TemplatesThere are several types of pages you can create within your site As you edit a page you can select any one of the built in page ldquotemplatesrdquo to change the way information is displayed
As you edit a page look near the lsquoUpdatersquo or lsquoPublishrsquo button for the ldquoTemplaterdquo drop down list
We currently have the following Page Templates available in every theme
Blog Page Lists all posts and operates as the home of your blog sectionLinks Page Lists all Links edited through the Links areaGallery Page Optimizes the page size for displaying image galleriesPage With SubPages Make the page display the content of the first subpage rather than its own contentPage With Sidebar Add the Sidebar from the blog area to any page
Each theme may have some unique templates Experiment with them to see what is possible
14
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages
To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page
The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page
Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages
On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus
15
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own
Just remember to also rename the permalink to match
Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added
Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it
Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video
The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces
Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo
NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site
Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken
16
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly
17
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences
Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
Maximum Sizes
1200px wide 700px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high
They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high
We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom
There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn
There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg
Always save for the web at 72 dpi
18
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies
FILE SIZE 500 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high
REQUIRED for CuppaJoe
(Blog Only Version)
1000px wide by 185px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high
They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high
SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px
Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)
This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera
Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area
FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors
19
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px
All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller
DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high
But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size
LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background
DIMENSIONS Varies with theme
FILE SIZE 400 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high
20
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px
FILE SIZE 20kb or less
The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Filetype must be ico
You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon
Background Images
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways
The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high
Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions
They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center
NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions
Image Between Blog Posts
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high
If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through
21
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customizing the LookChoose a Theme
Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo
Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time
Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector
ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans
If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme
Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls
22
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used
Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used
Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image
Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background
You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo
23
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded
See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy
24
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order
bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or
new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline
to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo
You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds
25
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Options for each Section
Show Hide Section
Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder
BlogSite Plans Only
Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this
Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both
Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall
VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page
Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site
SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
26
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Blog PageOverview
For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish
Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page
To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area
Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
27
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt
The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load
By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts
Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image
You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
28
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images
Upload new image
Check to delete image
Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain
Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo
When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom
We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year
You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo
Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site
Detailed instructions
This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email
29
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Importing Content From Your Current SiteFind it under ldquoTools-gtImportrdquo
WordPress makes it easy to import from most any other system that has the ability to export content especially another WordPress site
The first step would be to visit your current site and use their Export feature
Note If you will be using the same domain with your new BlogSites
Keep your domain pointing to your current site until you are sure ALL content has been transferred If you try the import process it might need to look at your current site If you have transferred the domain and it is now pointing at our servers your old site is not visible anymore
Only map your domain to us AFTER your content has been imported
The EditorAll of the different types of content whether Pages or Posts use the same text editor
There is a lot that can be done within the text editor
You can find a whole section of video tutorials on how to use it
See the section of videos ldquoGetting to know the Editorrdquo
12
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Posts Editing Your BlogThe Blog PageThe blog page shows all of the ldquopostsrdquo in chronological order To add to the blog just write a new post and publish it
The Blog is just a page that uses the ldquoBlog Pagerdquo template You can use this to make your blog page be named something else Create a page called ldquoNewsrdquo ldquoThe Latestrdquo etc and use the template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo Make sure to only have one Blog Page though )
If you ever delete the blog page (or donrsquot see one now) and want to add it back in create a new page and give it the page template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo
Writing Editing PostsThis is where you create all the posts for your blog It operates exactly like any WordPress site
13
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using PagesAdding Editing PagesIn the Main menu look for the Pages section
Click ldquoPagesrdquo to see a list of pages already on the site
Click ldquoAdd Newrdquo to create a new one
Page TemplatesThere are several types of pages you can create within your site As you edit a page you can select any one of the built in page ldquotemplatesrdquo to change the way information is displayed
As you edit a page look near the lsquoUpdatersquo or lsquoPublishrsquo button for the ldquoTemplaterdquo drop down list
We currently have the following Page Templates available in every theme
Blog Page Lists all posts and operates as the home of your blog sectionLinks Page Lists all Links edited through the Links areaGallery Page Optimizes the page size for displaying image galleriesPage With SubPages Make the page display the content of the first subpage rather than its own contentPage With Sidebar Add the Sidebar from the blog area to any page
Each theme may have some unique templates Experiment with them to see what is possible
14
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages
To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page
The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page
Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages
On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus
15
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own
Just remember to also rename the permalink to match
Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added
Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it
Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video
The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces
Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo
NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site
Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken
16
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly
17
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences
Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
Maximum Sizes
1200px wide 700px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high
They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high
We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom
There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn
There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg
Always save for the web at 72 dpi
18
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies
FILE SIZE 500 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high
REQUIRED for CuppaJoe
(Blog Only Version)
1000px wide by 185px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high
They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high
SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px
Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)
This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera
Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area
FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors
19
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px
All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller
DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high
But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size
LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background
DIMENSIONS Varies with theme
FILE SIZE 400 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high
20
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px
FILE SIZE 20kb or less
The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Filetype must be ico
You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon
Background Images
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways
The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high
Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions
They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center
NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions
Image Between Blog Posts
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high
If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through
21
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customizing the LookChoose a Theme
Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo
Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time
Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector
ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans
If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme
Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls
22
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used
Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used
Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image
Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background
You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo
23
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded
See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy
24
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order
bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or
new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline
to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo
You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds
25
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Options for each Section
Show Hide Section
Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder
BlogSite Plans Only
Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this
Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both
Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall
VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page
Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site
SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
26
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Blog PageOverview
For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish
Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page
To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area
Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
27
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt
The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load
By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts
Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image
You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
28
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images
Upload new image
Check to delete image
Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain
Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo
When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom
We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year
You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo
Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site
Detailed instructions
This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email
29
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Posts Editing Your BlogThe Blog PageThe blog page shows all of the ldquopostsrdquo in chronological order To add to the blog just write a new post and publish it
The Blog is just a page that uses the ldquoBlog Pagerdquo template You can use this to make your blog page be named something else Create a page called ldquoNewsrdquo ldquoThe Latestrdquo etc and use the template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo Make sure to only have one Blog Page though )
If you ever delete the blog page (or donrsquot see one now) and want to add it back in create a new page and give it the page template ldquoBlog Pagerdquo
Writing Editing PostsThis is where you create all the posts for your blog It operates exactly like any WordPress site
13
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using PagesAdding Editing PagesIn the Main menu look for the Pages section
Click ldquoPagesrdquo to see a list of pages already on the site
Click ldquoAdd Newrdquo to create a new one
Page TemplatesThere are several types of pages you can create within your site As you edit a page you can select any one of the built in page ldquotemplatesrdquo to change the way information is displayed
As you edit a page look near the lsquoUpdatersquo or lsquoPublishrsquo button for the ldquoTemplaterdquo drop down list
We currently have the following Page Templates available in every theme
Blog Page Lists all posts and operates as the home of your blog sectionLinks Page Lists all Links edited through the Links areaGallery Page Optimizes the page size for displaying image galleriesPage With SubPages Make the page display the content of the first subpage rather than its own contentPage With Sidebar Add the Sidebar from the blog area to any page
Each theme may have some unique templates Experiment with them to see what is possible
14
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages
To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page
The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page
Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages
On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus
15
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own
Just remember to also rename the permalink to match
Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added
Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it
Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video
The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces
Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo
NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site
Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken
16
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly
17
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences
Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
Maximum Sizes
1200px wide 700px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high
They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high
We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom
There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn
There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg
Always save for the web at 72 dpi
18
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies
FILE SIZE 500 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high
REQUIRED for CuppaJoe
(Blog Only Version)
1000px wide by 185px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high
They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high
SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px
Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)
This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera
Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area
FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors
19
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px
All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller
DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high
But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size
LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background
DIMENSIONS Varies with theme
FILE SIZE 400 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high
20
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px
FILE SIZE 20kb or less
The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Filetype must be ico
You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon
Background Images
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways
The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high
Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions
They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center
NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions
Image Between Blog Posts
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high
If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through
21
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customizing the LookChoose a Theme
Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo
Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time
Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector
ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans
If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme
Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls
22
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used
Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used
Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image
Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background
You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo
23
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded
See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy
24
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order
bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or
new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline
to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo
You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds
25
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Options for each Section
Show Hide Section
Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder
BlogSite Plans Only
Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this
Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both
Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall
VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page
Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site
SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
26
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Blog PageOverview
For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish
Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page
To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area
Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
27
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt
The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load
By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts
Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image
You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
28
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images
Upload new image
Check to delete image
Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain
Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo
When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom
We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year
You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo
Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site
Detailed instructions
This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email
29
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using PagesAdding Editing PagesIn the Main menu look for the Pages section
Click ldquoPagesrdquo to see a list of pages already on the site
Click ldquoAdd Newrdquo to create a new one
Page TemplatesThere are several types of pages you can create within your site As you edit a page you can select any one of the built in page ldquotemplatesrdquo to change the way information is displayed
As you edit a page look near the lsquoUpdatersquo or lsquoPublishrsquo button for the ldquoTemplaterdquo drop down list
We currently have the following Page Templates available in every theme
Blog Page Lists all posts and operates as the home of your blog sectionLinks Page Lists all Links edited through the Links areaGallery Page Optimizes the page size for displaying image galleriesPage With SubPages Make the page display the content of the first subpage rather than its own contentPage With Sidebar Add the Sidebar from the blog area to any page
Each theme may have some unique templates Experiment with them to see what is possible
14
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages
To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page
The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page
Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages
On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus
15
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own
Just remember to also rename the permalink to match
Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added
Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it
Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video
The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces
Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo
NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site
Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken
16
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly
17
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences
Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
Maximum Sizes
1200px wide 700px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high
They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high
We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom
There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn
There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg
Always save for the web at 72 dpi
18
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies
FILE SIZE 500 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high
REQUIRED for CuppaJoe
(Blog Only Version)
1000px wide by 185px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high
They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high
SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px
Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)
This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera
Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area
FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors
19
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px
All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller
DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high
But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size
LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background
DIMENSIONS Varies with theme
FILE SIZE 400 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high
20
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px
FILE SIZE 20kb or less
The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Filetype must be ico
You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon
Background Images
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways
The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high
Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions
They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center
NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions
Image Between Blog Posts
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high
If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through
21
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customizing the LookChoose a Theme
Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo
Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time
Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector
ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans
If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme
Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls
22
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used
Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used
Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image
Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background
You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo
23
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded
See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy
24
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order
bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or
new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline
to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo
You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds
25
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Options for each Section
Show Hide Section
Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder
BlogSite Plans Only
Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this
Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both
Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall
VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page
Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site
SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
26
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Blog PageOverview
For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish
Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page
To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area
Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
27
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt
The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load
By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts
Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image
You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
28
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images
Upload new image
Check to delete image
Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain
Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo
When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom
We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year
You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo
Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site
Detailed instructions
This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email
29
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Group Pages together using SubPagesAll of our menus have limited space for main pages but have room for lsquoSub-Pagesrsquo allowing essentially unlimited pages
To create a sub-pageAdd a new pageLook under lsquoPage Attributesrsquo near the lsquoPublishrsquo or lsquoUpdatersquo buttonChoose a lsquoParentrsquo page
The page you are editing will now be grouped under that ldquoParentrdquo page
Now when you look at the list of pages in the backend subpages will be indented under their parent pages
On the site itself these subpages will display in sub menus
15
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own
Just remember to also rename the permalink to match
Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added
Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it
Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video
The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces
Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo
NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site
Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken
16
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly
17
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences
Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
Maximum Sizes
1200px wide 700px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high
They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high
We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom
There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn
There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg
Always save for the web at 72 dpi
18
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies
FILE SIZE 500 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high
REQUIRED for CuppaJoe
(Blog Only Version)
1000px wide by 185px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high
They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high
SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px
Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)
This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera
Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area
FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors
19
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px
All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller
DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high
But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size
LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background
DIMENSIONS Varies with theme
FILE SIZE 400 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high
20
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px
FILE SIZE 20kb or less
The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Filetype must be ico
You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon
Background Images
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways
The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high
Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions
They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center
NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions
Image Between Blog Posts
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high
If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through
21
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customizing the LookChoose a Theme
Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo
Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time
Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector
ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans
If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme
Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls
22
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used
Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used
Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image
Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background
You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo
23
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded
See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy
24
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order
bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or
new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline
to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo
You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds
25
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Options for each Section
Show Hide Section
Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder
BlogSite Plans Only
Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this
Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both
Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall
VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page
Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site
SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
26
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Blog PageOverview
For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish
Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page
To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area
Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
27
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt
The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load
By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts
Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image
You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
28
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images
Upload new image
Check to delete image
Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain
Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo
When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom
We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year
You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo
Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site
Detailed instructions
This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email
29
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Renaming PagesWhen you first see your site there are several pages already setup for you as sample content You can use them rename them or just delete them and create your own
Just remember to also rename the permalink to match
Optional Content AreasAs you edit any page in WordPress you will see that there is only one box of text andor images that can be edited It can be difficult to make a page with a more complex layout To help add some variety and give pages a nicer look you can add a ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo or use one of several custom areas that we have added
Featured ImageThis is a standard WordPress feature It allows you to associate an image with the page that the site can use separately from the main content On our sites if you add a lsquoFeatured Imagerdquo the main content gets pushed to the side and the new ldquoFeatured Imagerdquo will share the page with it
Optional Page ContentIn addition to the Featured Image you can also add some text to the side of the page or a video
The permalink must be all lowercase letters with dashes replacing spaces
Example A page called ldquoAbout Usrdquo should have a permalink that reads ldquoabout-usrdquo
NOTE Changing permalinks or URLS should be done when first setting up the site
Changing the URL of a page that has been around for a while is not a good idea since any link leading to that page will be broken
16
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly
17
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences
Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
Maximum Sizes
1200px wide 700px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high
They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high
We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom
There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn
There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg
Always save for the web at 72 dpi
18
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies
FILE SIZE 500 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high
REQUIRED for CuppaJoe
(Blog Only Version)
1000px wide by 185px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high
They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high
SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px
Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)
This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera
Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area
FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors
19
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px
All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller
DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high
But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size
LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background
DIMENSIONS Varies with theme
FILE SIZE 400 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high
20
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px
FILE SIZE 20kb or less
The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Filetype must be ico
You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon
Background Images
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways
The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high
Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions
They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center
NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions
Image Between Blog Posts
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high
If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through
21
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customizing the LookChoose a Theme
Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo
Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time
Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector
ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans
If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme
Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls
22
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used
Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used
Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image
Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background
You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo
23
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded
See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy
24
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order
bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or
new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline
to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo
You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds
25
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Options for each Section
Show Hide Section
Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder
BlogSite Plans Only
Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this
Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both
Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall
VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page
Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site
SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
26
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Blog PageOverview
For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish
Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page
To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area
Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
27
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt
The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load
By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts
Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image
You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
28
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images
Upload new image
Check to delete image
Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain
Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo
When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom
We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year
You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo
Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site
Detailed instructions
This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email
29
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Creating a Video PageThe last section in the Optional Page Content box is a spot for a full page video Copy and paste an embed code from any video site here and the video will be displayed instead of any other content Most sites will let you customize the embed code Our sites are all 1000px wide but the content areas vary Experiment with changing the width of the videos to make them fill the page correctly
17
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences
Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
Maximum Sizes
1200px wide 700px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high
They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high
We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom
There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn
There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg
Always save for the web at 72 dpi
18
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies
FILE SIZE 500 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high
REQUIRED for CuppaJoe
(Blog Only Version)
1000px wide by 185px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high
They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high
SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px
Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)
This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera
Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area
FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors
19
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px
All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller
DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high
But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size
LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background
DIMENSIONS Varies with theme
FILE SIZE 400 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high
20
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px
FILE SIZE 20kb or less
The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Filetype must be ico
You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon
Background Images
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways
The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high
Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions
They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center
NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions
Image Between Blog Posts
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high
If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through
21
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customizing the LookChoose a Theme
Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo
Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time
Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector
ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans
If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme
Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls
22
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used
Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used
Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image
Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background
You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo
23
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded
See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy
24
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order
bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or
new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline
to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo
You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds
25
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Options for each Section
Show Hide Section
Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder
BlogSite Plans Only
Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this
Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both
Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall
VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page
Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site
SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
26
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Blog PageOverview
For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish
Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page
To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area
Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
27
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt
The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load
By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts
Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image
You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
28
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images
Upload new image
Check to delete image
Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain
Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo
When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom
We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year
You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo
Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site
Detailed instructions
This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email
29
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Preparing Your ImagesBefore you get started you might want to spend some time preparing your images rather than dealing with each one as you upload them The following is a guide of sizes to follow Gallery images and the slideshows on the home page and blog pages all work on any of our themes making it very easy to move seamlessly from one to the next with a few small differences
Home Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
Maximum Sizes
1200px wide 700px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 600px high
They can be any height but all MUST be the same height and we recommend staying between 500-700px high
We recommend using Adobe Photoshop to resize your images You can find out more about using it here httpwwwadobecom
There are some affordable alternativesSeashore - httpseashoresourceforgenetThe_Seashore_ProjectAbouthtmlAcorn - httpwwwflyingmeatcomacorn
There are free image editorsPixlr - httppixlrcomGimp - httpwwwgimporg
Always save for the web at 72 dpi
18
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies
FILE SIZE 500 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high
REQUIRED for CuppaJoe
(Blog Only Version)
1000px wide by 185px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high
They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high
SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px
Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)
This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera
Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area
FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors
19
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px
All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller
DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high
But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size
LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background
DIMENSIONS Varies with theme
FILE SIZE 400 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high
20
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px
FILE SIZE 20kb or less
The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Filetype must be ico
You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon
Background Images
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways
The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high
Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions
They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center
NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions
Image Between Blog Posts
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high
If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through
21
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customizing the LookChoose a Theme
Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo
Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time
Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector
ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans
If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme
Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls
22
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used
Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used
Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image
Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background
You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo
23
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded
See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy
24
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order
bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or
new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline
to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo
You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds
25
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Options for each Section
Show Hide Section
Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder
BlogSite Plans Only
Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this
Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both
Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall
VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page
Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site
SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
26
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Blog PageOverview
For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish
Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page
To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area
Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
27
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt
The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load
By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts
Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image
You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
28
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images
Upload new image
Check to delete image
Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain
Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo
When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom
We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year
You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo
Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site
Detailed instructions
This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email
29
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page SlideshowDIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height varies
FILE SIZE 500 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1200px wide 400px high
REQUIRED for CuppaJoe
(Blog Only Version)
1000px wide by 185px high
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px high
They can be any height but MUST be the same height as each other for best results stay between 180-300px high
SEO Image Galleries - Gallery ImagesDIMENSIONS 1000px wide by 667px
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
RECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 667px
Our galleries are optimized for 1000px wide by 667px high (actual size on screen varies with theme and use of galleries)
This is a proportion close to the image as it comes out of the camera
Thumbnail Viewer OptionAll images (both vertical and horizontal) should be the same height to display correctly A proportion closer to square should display fine But images with a more panoramic proportion may not fit in the viewable area
FullScreen Viewer OptionThe galleries have a fullscreen option that pops out in a new window and stretches to fit any size monitor While most 1000px wide images still look okay at fullscreen you may want to use images as big as 1600px wide to improve the look on larger monitors
19
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px
All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller
DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high
But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size
LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background
DIMENSIONS Varies with theme
FILE SIZE 400 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high
20
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px
FILE SIZE 20kb or less
The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Filetype must be ico
You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon
Background Images
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways
The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high
Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions
They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center
NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions
Image Between Blog Posts
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high
If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through
21
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customizing the LookChoose a Theme
Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo
Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time
Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector
ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans
If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme
Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls
22
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used
Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used
Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image
Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background
You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo
23
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded
See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy
24
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order
bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or
new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline
to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo
You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds
25
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Options for each Section
Show Hide Section
Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder
BlogSite Plans Only
Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this
Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both
Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall
VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page
Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site
SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
26
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Blog PageOverview
For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish
Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page
To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area
Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
27
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt
The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load
By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts
Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image
You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
28
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images
Upload new image
Check to delete image
Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain
Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo
When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom
We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year
You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo
Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site
Detailed instructions
This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email
29
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SEO Image Galleries - Thumbnail ImagesRECOMMENDED 1000px wide by 280px
All themes will look good using this size even though CuppaJoe displays them smaller
DIMENSIONS 1000px wide Height Varies
FILE SIZE 700 kb or less
The exact size when using CuppaJoe is 324px wide Switching from another theme to CuppaJoe will look okay Recommended CuppaJoe thumbnails 324px wide by 280px high
But if you uploaded smaller 324px wide thumbnails for CuppaJoe then switch to the other themes they will stretch to 1000px so you will want to redo your thumbnails at the proper size
LogoThe ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Espresso Macchiato and Cappuccino themes put the logo over images or a changeable background color Logos for those themes should be saved as png with a transparent background
DIMENSIONS Varies with theme
FILE SIZE 400 kb or less
Maximum Sizes 1000px wide 300px high
20
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px
FILE SIZE 20kb or less
The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Filetype must be ico
You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon
Background Images
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways
The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high
Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions
They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center
NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions
Image Between Blog Posts
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high
If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through
21
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customizing the LookChoose a Theme
Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo
Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time
Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector
ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans
If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme
Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls
22
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used
Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used
Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image
Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background
You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo
23
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded
See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy
24
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order
bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or
new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline
to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo
You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds
25
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Options for each Section
Show Hide Section
Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder
BlogSite Plans Only
Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this
Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both
Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall
VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page
Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site
SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
26
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Blog PageOverview
For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish
Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page
To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area
Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
27
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt
The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load
By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts
Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image
You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
28
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images
Upload new image
Check to delete image
Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain
Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo
When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom
We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year
You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo
Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site
Detailed instructions
This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email
29
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
FaviconsDIMENSIONS 16px by 16px
FILE SIZE 20kb or less
The ideal sizes for each theme may vary ndash see message in upload area of each theme
Filetype must be ico
You can create a favicon form any image here httptoolsdynamicdrivecomfavicon
Background Images
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
While images should be kept as small as possible the background options allow for images to be aligned a number of ways
The biggest possible image you can upload is 2000px wide by 1200px high
Background images can repeat left to right top to bottom or in both directions
They can also just be a single image aligned left right or center
NOTE We donrsquot recommend using the full size for both dimensions
Image Between Blog Posts
DIMENSIONS Varies
FILE SIZE 800kb or less
Maximum Sizes 800px wide by 80px high
If you are using a theme that allows you to change the page color you should either match that background in this image or use a png that allows the background of the page to show through
21
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customizing the LookChoose a Theme
Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo
Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time
Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector
ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans
If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme
Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls
22
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used
Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used
Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image
Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background
You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo
23
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded
See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy
24
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order
bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or
new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline
to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo
You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds
25
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Options for each Section
Show Hide Section
Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder
BlogSite Plans Only
Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this
Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both
Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall
VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page
Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site
SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
26
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Blog PageOverview
For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish
Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page
To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area
Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
27
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt
The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load
By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts
Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image
You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
28
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images
Upload new image
Check to delete image
Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain
Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo
When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom
We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year
You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo
Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site
Detailed instructions
This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email
29
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customizing the LookChoose a Theme
Find it under ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo and ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo
Under ldquoAppearancerdquo is where you can switch the overall look of your site by choosing a theme You can also switch themes at any time
Background ImagesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
You can change your background to one of our pre-selected backgrounds upload your own or just choose a solid color using our color selector
ldquoAppearance-gtThemesrdquo Themes that you have access to ldquoAppearance-gtPremium Themesrdquo Themes that are specific to paid subscription plans
If you are not subscribed to a plan you might see themes that you can not activate under ldquoPremium Themesrdquo You can use the preview link to see what your site would look like with the potential new theme
Options for any background imagebull Alignment Left Right or Centerbull Repeat Left to Right Up and Down Both Directions Nonebull Scroll Scroll with the page Fixed even as page scrolls
22
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used
Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used
Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image
Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background
You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo
23
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded
See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy
24
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order
bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or
new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline
to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo
You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds
25
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Options for each Section
Show Hide Section
Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder
BlogSite Plans Only
Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this
Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both
Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall
VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page
Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site
SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
26
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Blog PageOverview
For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish
Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page
To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area
Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
27
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt
The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load
By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts
Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image
You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
28
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images
Upload new image
Check to delete image
Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain
Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo
When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom
We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year
You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo
Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site
Detailed instructions
This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email
29
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Custom Image Between PostsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image will be displayed in the blog section after every post
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Twitter ImageFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
This image displays as the twitter logo wherever the site displays your latest message from Twitter
Choose one of the images we have preinstalled or select your own to match your brand You can also choose to not use any image at all
Custom Color ChoicesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sites colors Each theme varies as to where these colors are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each color will be used
Font SizesFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtStyle Optionsrdquo
Each theme has options to customize the sitersquos font sizes Each theme varies as to where these sizes are used but the messages on this page will tell you where each size will be used
Upload Your LogoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
You can choose to use the sites Title and Description (editable under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo) or you can upload a custom logo image
Each theme varies in size and placement of the logo Both Latte and CuppaJoe have specific sizes to work with the design A jpg is fine in both cases With Espresso and the CuppJoe Blog Only versions the logo sits on top of images so you will want to upload a png file on a transparent background
You can edit the title and description under ldquoSettingsgtGeneral Settingsrdquo
23
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded
See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy
24
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order
bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or
new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline
to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo
You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds
25
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Options for each Section
Show Hide Section
Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder
BlogSite Plans Only
Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this
Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both
Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall
VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page
Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site
SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
26
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Blog PageOverview
For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish
Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page
To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area
Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
27
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt
The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load
By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts
Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image
You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
28
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images
Upload new image
Check to delete image
Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain
Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo
When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom
We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year
You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo
Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site
Detailed instructions
This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email
29
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add a Custom FaviconFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBranding Optionsrdquo
The favicon is the little logo image that appears in your browser window next to the URL Nothing gives that final panache to your BlogSite like a custom favicon If one is not uploaded we have a default Photography BlogSites favicon pre-loaded
See the Custom Favicon page for directions on how to make one Donrsquot worry - itrsquos easy
24
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order
bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or
new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline
to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo
You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds
25
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Options for each Section
Show Hide Section
Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder
BlogSite Plans Only
Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this
Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both
Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall
VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page
Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site
SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
26
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Blog PageOverview
For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish
Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page
To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area
Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
27
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt
The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load
By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts
Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image
You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
28
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images
Upload new image
Check to delete image
Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain
Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo
When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom
We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year
You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo
Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site
Detailed instructions
This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email
29
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Home PageOverviewThe home page of every site can be customized by adding any of five sections in any order
bull Slideshow Up to five images that fade from one to the nextbull Featured Links Three link areas that can link to anything you want Use it to feature a gallery or
new project or link out to another sitebull Welcome Message and Sliding Panels To one side is a brief welcome message and headline
to the other is a series of up to five images that slide left-to-right bull Video Embed a video from any site like YouTube or Vimeo
You can also turn on previews of your Twitter feed and the most recent blog post as a way to draw attention to your blog Both of these sections can be turned on or off at any time NOTE Not all themes have the option to show these feeds
25
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Options for each Section
Show Hide Section
Click on Section Drag-n-Drop to reorder
BlogSite Plans Only
Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this
Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both
Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall
VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page
Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site
SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
26
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Blog PageOverview
For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish
Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page
To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area
Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
27
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt
The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load
By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts
Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image
You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
28
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images
Upload new image
Check to delete image
Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain
Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo
When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom
We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year
You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo
Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site
Detailed instructions
This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email
29
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Welcome Message amp Sliding PanelsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Overall SettingsYou can swap these sections left or right Depending on what you use for images and what theme you are using you might want to adjust this
Welcome MessageThe Welcome Message area has several options You can add a title or just a message You can edit the font the font size and the font color for both the title and message You can also choose the text alignment for both
Sliding PanelsYou can load in up to 5 images They all need to be exactly 600px wide by 370px tall
VideoFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
Copy and paste the embed code from any video site here Most sites will allow you to customize the embed code by choosing a size All of our sites are 1000px wide Try changing the embedded videorsquos width to 1000px to make it fill the page
Featured LinksFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
With the Featured Links you can add an image a title and some text (or any combination of the three) You can tell each one what to link to and whether to open in a new window (recommended for links to another site) or same window (recommended for links to a page on the same site
SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtHome Page Optionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 images for your home page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 500-700 pixels high The height will determine your homepage depth If you would like to reduce the size of the home page for better viewing on small screens crop your images to 500 pixels high
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
26
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Blog PageOverview
For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish
Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page
To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area
Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
27
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt
The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load
By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts
Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image
You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
28
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images
Upload new image
Check to delete image
Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain
Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo
When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom
We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year
You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo
Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site
Detailed instructions
This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email
29
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Customize the Blog PageOverview
For the blog page you can choose a variety of layouts depending on what you want to accomplish
Page Layout and Sidebars Find it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
A ldquosidebarrdquo is the section to the left or right of a blog page where you commonly find links ads etc However to allow your images to be as big as possible it has been common to use no sidebar and allow the blog content to fill the width of the page
To customize the sidebar you can add any number of ldquowidgetsrdquo by looking in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
Extra Widget AreasFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
When using the full width blog you lose that sidebar area
Try adding the additional ldquoWidgets at the Bottom of the Pagerdquo and you get 3 columns of widget-ready areas to add content links menus etc to the bottom of the blog section Edit widgets in the main menu under ldquoAppearance-gtWidgetsrdquo
27
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt
The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load
By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts
Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image
You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
28
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images
Upload new image
Check to delete image
Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain
Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo
When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom
We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year
You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo
Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site
Detailed instructions
This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email
29
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Blog Page Content or ExcerptsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
On the main Blog Page you have a choice between showing the full content of each post or only showing a brief excerpt
The full content would show all the pictures and anything you put into the post However with 10 posts going down the page it can slow down the page load
By showing only the excerpts you get a clean fast loading page with a quick overview of the blog posts
Blog Page SlideshowFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtBlog Page Optionsrdquo
The blog pages can have a banner image across the top It can be the same image on every page a slideshow of up to five images or you can have the slideshow play on the main blog page but have every other page in the blog section just use the single image
You add up to 5 images for your blog page slide show Sizes should be 1000 pixels wide and 150-280 pixels high (CuppaJoe Blog Only version must be 185px)
Make all your images the same height different sizes will cause the slideshow to display incorrectly
ALWAYS remember to save for the web at 72 dpi to reduce load time
28
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Click Drag-n-Drop to reorder images
Upload new image
Check to delete image
Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain
Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo
When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom
We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year
You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo
Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site
Detailed instructions
This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email
29
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Get ConnectedUsing a Custom Domain
Find it under Tools-gtDomain Mappingrdquo
When you first sign up you choose a subdomain like httpmynamephotographyblogsitescom
We allow any site to point a custom domain name so that your site can become httpmynamecom We provide this add-on service for free and it only costs $10year to own a domain name so we recommend that everyone owns a domain name and point it to their site Read our blog post for all the great reasons why Domain Names Improve Your Brand for 10$ a Year
You will need to speak with your domain register about your domainrsquos ldquoDNS settingsrdquo
Integrating Your Social Media AccountsFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your Twitter name (only the name after twittercom) your Facebook url (the whole thing) and your alternate RSS feed If you donrsquot use these sites leave this section blank and the links will not appear on the site
Detailed instructions
This is fairly easy to setup but the instructions are very specific and should be read over carefully Pointing your domain incorrectly can interrupt your email
29
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add Custom Links to the Main MenuFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
You can add up to 5 custom links to the main menu
You can choose to open the links in a new window or in the same window It is good practice to open links that leave your site in a new window while links to your own site should open in the same window
The title is that little piece of text that appears when you hover over a link Search engines use it to help determine what a link is pointing to This is not always important but you may want to add a keyword-rich title to your links
To remove any link check the box next to ldquoDelete this linkrdquo and hit save
Add Copyright and Contact Info to Your SiteFind it under ldquoBlogSite Options-gtConnectionsrdquo
Enter your copyright information here It displays in small text at the bottom of the screen
You can also add contact information to appear at the bottom of each page
The phone number will show up as a link for some mobile phone users and for Google Voice users who are using Chrome as a browser
SEO tip Addresses are formatted in lsquohCardrsquo format which is used by search engines to help determine local search listings Adding your zip code and city can help you get found locally
30
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Integrating Your Photography AccountsFind it under ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo
Our ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo plugin allows you to connect to other photography sites We currently have integrations with Pictage SmugMug Album Exposure and ShootQ
Each service must first be activated by visiting ldquoPhotographer Connectionsrdquo in the main menu
Check ldquoEnablerdquo next to the service you want to activate and hit ldquoSave Optionsrdquo
Once active a new menu item will appear for each one
Each service requires different account information and has its own set of instructions
Detailed Instructions for Photographer Connections
31
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Using Contact FormsOverviewAny number of contact forms can be added to any post or page on your site
Basic Steps1 Create a contact form2 Edit the fieldsquestions you want to include3 Add the form to a page using a ldquoshortcoderdquo
Creating Editing the Contact FormFind it under ldquoContact-gtEditrdquo
There are lots of options to this plugin allowing you to add any type of input you might want
You can even have it send an automated message to whoever filled it in letting them know the message was received
32
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Add new FormsRename Form
Shortcode to place form in a page
Edit Form
Help Adding new fields to form
Edit Email Settings
Make sure field names in form are added to email settings
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Adding the Contact Form to a Page
Find it under ldquoPages-gtNewrdquo
More information about using the contact forms
Detailed instructions from the developers of this plug inhttpcontactform7comfaq
httpcontactform7comdocs
33
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Copy the code from your contact form
Create a new page (or edit an existing one)
Paste the contact form code into the editor
Remember to Save the page
View the page and test the contact form
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
WordPress SettingsGeneral SettingsUse this section to edit your Site Title Site Description Admin Email (general email for this blogrsquos notices from the site) timezone settings Date format etc
Writing Reading Discussion MediaThese are some basic settings for the site that you should take a look at They are all pretty self-explanatory
PublishingUse this to change your blogrsquos subdomain This is probably not a good idea if your site has been live for a while But if you just signed up and want to rethink things go ahead (if you use domain mapping this subdomain is never publicly visible)
Other SettingsMost other settings in this section will be for individual plugins Each should be looked at and configured
All-In-One SEO Pack ( detailed instructions on pg 41 ) has some settings that need to be taken care of Most other plugins (ex Shadowbox JS SEO Friendly Images) should be okay as is
34
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Search Engine Optimization BasicsFirst StepsThere are a few things you should do as soon as you get your site
1 Make sure the Site Title and Description are set under ldquoSettings-gtGeneralrdquo2 Look at ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo and setup the ldquoHome Titlerdquo and ldquoHome Descriptionrdquo areas
All in One SEOFind it under ldquoSettings-gtAll in One SEOrdquo
All in one SEO Pack is the most downloaded WordPress plugin of all time It used to help improve the Search Engine Optimization of your site by adding the all important ldquoMeta Titlerdquo and ldquoMeta Descriptionrdquo tags to every page of your site
There is one overall setting for the home page One of the first things you will want to do is edit the Home Title and Home Description sections to reflect your site
As an example you can see the settings we have on our main site These settings end up being the 1 thing used by search engines to help determine what results a page should be found for
SEO for Every Page and PostThese same settings - Title and Description can be edited on every page and post that you write If you donrsquot touch the settings the plugin will use the pagersquos title and a brief excerpt from the content of the page
But a page title for example ldquoBlogrdquo doesnrsquot say much about what that page is about
Give each page a more descriptive Title and Description for a quick improvement in your sitersquos SEO
35
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
SupportHow our Support System WorksWhen you need help on the site we offer several ways of finding an answer
PDF Guides Basic WordPress Getting StartedFind it under ldquoSupportrdquo
If you are totally new to WordPress the best bet is to start with our PDF guides and video tutorials You can try the Basic WordPress Guide or this Getting Started Guide
Video Tutorials Step by Step With VoiceoverFind it under ldquoSupport-gtVideosrdquo
In addition we also have over 30 video tutorials that show step by step how to do everything from configure settings to write a post to upload images and more
Support Forums More Advanced How Do I do _______Find it on the suport site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom
Once you are comfortable with the basic system you might still have questions or start seeing ideas for improving the sites
Try visiting the Support Site where your question may have been answered before and you see our answer right away You can also make feature suggestions or ask if we can add a plugin you heard about Some of our best features have been developed due to suggestions in the forums
Support Tickets I Think Something is BrokenFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
If yoursquore pretty sure something is actually broken or doesnrsquot act the way we have described here or in the videos you can submit a support ticket right from the backend of your site
Using Support TicketsFind it under ldquoSupport-gtSupport Ticketsrdquo
Support Tickets are the most efficient way to make sure a problem is taken care of When you submit a ticket we get an email When we respond to a ticket you get an email When we log into our support system we can see if anyone has responded to your ticket and what the progress is We can also immediately see if there are un answered support tickets
Because emails can get marked as unread and it is hard to keep track of who has responded to a single email across an entire support team the ticket system is the quickest way to make sure problems get fixed
36
SignIn httpphotographyblogsitescomsigninSupport Site httpphotoblogsiteszendeskcom